DCS-Mirror
/
test_org2_en_tn
mirror of https://git.door43.org/test_org2/en_tn
2
0
Fork 0
Files Issues Releases Wiki Activity See in Reader

Update "This could mean:" option statements to new format (#2094) 

Co-authored-by: Larry Sallee <larry.sallee@unfoldingword.org>
Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/2094
Co-authored-by: Larry Sallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Co-committed-by: Larry Sallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
This commit is contained in:
Larry Sallee 2021-10-12 21:17:45 +00:00
parent ef5c38a3f3
commit 41c42ef0c4
9 changed files with 109 additions and 109 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

46
en_tn_50-EPH.tsv
View File

@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ EPH 1 3 g6sj figs-activepassive εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πα
EPH 1 3 cr9h ὁ εὐλογήσας ἡμᾶς 1 who has blessed us “for God has blessed us”
EPH 1 3 m8qh πάσῃ εὐλογίᾳ πνευματικῇ 1 every spiritual blessing “every blessing coming from the Spirit of God”
EPH 1 3 j2lk ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις 1 in the heavenly places “in the supernatural world.” The word **heavenly** refers to the place where God is.
EPH 1 3 v9qz figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ 1 in Christ This could mean: (1) Here, **in Christ** has its general meaning as a metaphor referring to our close relationship with Christ. Alternate translation: “by uniting us with Christ” or “because we are united with Christ” (2) Here the phrase **in Christ** refers to what Christ has done. Alternate translation: “through Christ” or “through what Christ has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 1 3 v9qz figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ 1 in Christ Here, **in Christ** could mean: (1) a metaphor referring to our close relationship with Christ. Alternate translation: “by uniting us with Christ” or “because we are united with Christ” (2) what Christ has done. Alternate translation: “through Christ” or “through what Christ has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 1 4 ibv6 figs-doublet ἁγίους καὶ ἀμώμους 1 holy and blameless Paul uses these two similar words to emphasize moral goodness. If your language does not have two similar words, you can use one word for both, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EPH 1 4 ab01 figs-doublenegatives ἀμώμους 1 blameless The word **blameless** contains two negative ideas: “blame” or “fault,” and “-less,” which means “without.” If it is clearer in your language, the two negative ideas can be replaced with the corresponding positive idea, “perfect.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
EPH 1 5 fp7l 0 General Information: The words “his,” “He,” and “he” refer to God.
@ -24,21 +24,21 @@ EPH 1 6 x7jp τῷ ἠγαπημένῳ 1 the Beloved One “the One he loves,
EPH 1 7 abcb figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ αἵματος αὐτοῦ 1 through his blood The **blood** of Jesus is a metonym for his death. Alternate translation: “because he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EPH 1 7 m9l4 figs-metaphor τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 the riches of his grace Paul speaks of God’s grace as if it were material wealth. Alternate translation: “greatness of God’s grace” or “abundance of God’s grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 1 8 pg6j ἧς ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς ἡμᾶς 1 which he caused to abound to us “which he gave us in a great amount” or “being extremely kind to us”
EPH 1 8 sw98 ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ καὶ φρονήσει 1 in all wisdom and understanding Possible meanings are: (1) “because he has all wisdom and understanding” (2) “so that we might have great wisdom and understanding.”
EPH 1 8 sw98 ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ καὶ φρονήσει 1 in all wisdom and understanding This could mean: (1) because he has all wisdom and understanding. (2) so that we might have great wisdom and understanding.
EPH 1 8 ab98 figs-doublet σοφίᾳ καὶ φρονήσει 1 wisdom and understanding Here, **wisdom** and **understanding** mean very similar things. If your language does not have two similar words, you can use one word for both. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EPH 1 9 v71p κατὰ τὴν εὐδοκίαν αὐτοῦ 1 according to his good pleasure Possible meanings are: (1) “because he wanted to make it known to us” (2) “which was what he wanted.”
EPH 1 9 v71p κατὰ τὴν εὐδοκίαν αὐτοῦ 1 according to his good pleasure This could mean: (1) because he wanted to make it known to us. (2) which was what he wanted.
EPH 1 9 c2uk ἣν προέθετο ἐν αὐτῷ 1 which he had planned in him “as he demonstrated this purpose in Christ”
EPH 1 9 u53h ἐν αὐτῷ 1 in him “by means of Christ”
EPH 1 10 n2sl εἰς οἰκονομίαν 1 with a view to an administration A new sentence can be started here. Alternate translation: “He did this with a view to an administration” or “He did this, thinking about a stewardship”
EPH 1 10 em7q τοῦ πληρώματος τῶν καιρῶν 1 of the fullness of time “when the time is right” or “at the time that he has appointed”
EPH 1 10 ab7q ἐν αὐτῷ 1 in him “under his rule” or “under his authority”
EPH 1 11 ww9s figs-exclusive καὶ ἐκληρώθημεν, προορισθέντες 1 we were also allotted as a possession. We were predestined Both pronouns **we** and **We** are inclusive in this verse. Paul is referring to all Christians, who were predestined to belong to Christ. In verses 12 and 13 he will divide this group into “we” (exclusive) Jewish Christians and “you” Gentile Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
EPH 1 11 t281 figs-activepassive καὶ ἐκληρώθημεν 1 we were also allotted as a possession You can state this in active form. Possible meanings are: (1) “God also chose us to be his possession” (2) “God also chose us to be heirs.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EPH 1 11 t281 figs-activepassive καὶ ἐκληρώθημεν 1 we were also allotted as a possession You can state this in active form. This could mean: (1) God also chose us to be his possession. (2) God also chose us to be heirs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EPH 1 11 nkf8 figs-activepassive προορισθέντες 1 We were predestined You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God chose us ahead of time” or “God chose us long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EPH 1 12 gj44 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς…τοὺς προηλπικότας ἐν τῷ Χριστῷ 1 we who were the first to have confident hope in Christ Here, the word **we** is exclusive and refers to the Jewish believers who first heard the good news, not the believers at Ephesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
EPH 1 12 zqm9 εἰς τὸ εἶναι ἡμᾶς, εἰς ἔπαινον δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 so that we … would be for the praise of his glory “so that we … would live to praise him for his glory”
EPH 1 13 j1zc 0 General Information: Paul has been speaking in the previous two verses about himself and the other Jewish believers, but now he begins speaking about the Ephesian believers.
EPH 1 13 ac1e τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the word of truth Possible meanings are: (1) “the message about the truth” (2) “the true message.”
EPH 1 13 ac1e τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the word of truth This could mean: (1) the message about the truth. (2) the true message.
EPH 1 13 qgf9 figs-metaphor ἐσφραγίσθητε τῷ Πνεύματι τῆς ἐπαγγελίας, τῷ Ἁγίῳ 1 you were sealed with the promised Holy Spirit In this metaphor Paul pictures the Holy Spirit as a seal, comparing him to the wax that was placed on a letter and stamped with a symbol representing the person who wrote the letter. Paul uses this custom as a picture to show how God has used the Holy Spirit to assure us that we belong to him. Alternate translation: “God has placed the Holy Spirit that he promised on you as if he were a seal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 1 13 abcf figs-activepassive ἐσφραγίσθητε 1 you were sealed You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has sealed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EPH 1 14 g6dw figs-metaphor ἀρραβὼν τῆς κληρονομίας ἡμῶν 1 a down payment of our inheritance Receiving what God has promised is spoken of in terms of one inheriting property or wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: “an initial portion that we will receive from what God has promised” or “a guarantee that we will receive what God has promised to give us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -65,15 +65,15 @@ EPH 1 20 ekj4 figs-metonymy καθίσας ἐν δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ, ἐν
EPH 1 20 f3dh translate-symaction καθίσας ἐν δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ 1 seated him at his right hand To sit at the **right hand** of God is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “seated him in the place of honor and authority beside him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EPH 1 20 jrv1 ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις 1 in the heavenly places “in the supernatural world.” The word **heavenly** refers to the place where God is. See how you translated this in [Ephesians 1:3](../01/03.md).
EPH 1 21 k8k7 figs-doublet ὑπεράνω πάσης ἀρχῆς, καὶ ἐξουσίας, καὶ δυνάμεως, καὶ κυριότητος 1 far above all rule and authority and power and dominion These are all terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. If your language does not have four different terms for rulers or authorities, you can combine them. Alternate translation: “far above all types of supernatural beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EPH 1 21 ra11 figs-activepassive παντὸς ὀνόματος ὀνομαζομένου 1 every name that is named You can state this in active form. Possible meaning for alternate translation: (1) “every name that man gives” (2) “every name that God gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EPH 1 21 x6qc ὀνόματος 1 name This could mean: (1) This is a title. (2) This refers to a position of authority.
EPH 1 21 ra11 figs-activepassive παντὸς ὀνόματος ὀνομαζομένου 1 every name that is named You can state this in active form. This could mean: (1) every name that man gives. (2) every name that God gives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EPH 1 21 x6qc ὀνόματος 1 name This could refer to: (1) a title. (2) a position of authority.
EPH 1 21 pym8 ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 in this age “at this time”
EPH 1 21 qw2x ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι 1 in the age to come “in the future”
EPH 1 22 jm9i figs-metonymy ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ 1 under Christ’s feet Here, **feet** represents Christ’s lordship, authority, and power. Alternate translation: “under Christ’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EPH 1 22 pm4t figs-metaphor κεφαλὴν ὑπὲρ πάντα 1 head over all things Here, **head** is a metaphor that refers to the leader or the one who is in charge. Alternate translation: “ruler over all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 1 23 ge2c figs-metaphor τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ 1 his body Just as the head (verse 22) rules all things pertaining to a human body, so Christ is the head of the church body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 1 23 w2kh τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ τὰ πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν πληρουμένου 1 the fullness of the one who fills all in all “for Christ fills the church with his life and power just as he gives life to all things”
EPH 1 23 x2kh τὸ πλήρωμα 1 the fullness This could mean: (1) It has a passive sense, which would mean that Christ fills or completes the church. (2) It has an active sense, which would mean that the church completes Christ (as a body completes a head).
EPH 1 23 x2kh τὸ πλήρωμα 1 the fullness This could have: (1) a passive sense, which would mean that Christ fills or completes the church. (2) an active sense, which would mean that the church completes Christ (as a body completes a head).
EPH 2 intro e7qn 0 # Ephesians 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter focuses on the life that a Christian had before coming to believe in Jesus. Paul then uses this information to explain how a person’s former way of living is distinct from a Christian’s new identity “in Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### One body<br><br>Paul teaches about the church in this chapter. The church is made of two different groups of people (Jews and Gentiles). They are now one group or “body.” The church is also known as the body of Christ. Jews and Gentiles are united in Christ.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “Dead in trespasses and sins”<br><br>Paul teaches that those who are not Christians are “dead” in their sin. Sin binds or enslaves them. This makes them spiritually “dead.” Paul writes that God makes Christians alive in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Descriptions of worldly living<br><br>Paul uses many different ways to describe how non-Christians act. They “lived according to the ways of this world” and are “living according to the ruler of the authorities of the air,” “fulfilling the evil desires of our sinful nature,” and “carrying out the desires of the body and of the mind.”<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “It is the gift of God”<br><br>Some scholars believe “it” here refers to being saved. Other scholars believe that it is faith that is the gift of God. Because of how the Greek tenses agree, “it” here probably refers to both things: the gift is that we are saved by God’s grace through faith.<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>“Flesh” is sometimes used as a metaphor for a person’s sinful nature. The phrase “Gentiles in the flesh” indicates the Ephesians once lived without any concern for God. But “flesh” is also used in this verse to refer to the physical person, similar to “body part of man.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])
EPH 2 1 xf5s 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the believers of their past and the way they now are before God.
EPH 2 1 dxx8 figs-metaphor ὑμᾶς ὄντας νεκροὺς τοῖς παραπτώμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν 1 you were dead in your trespasses and sins This shows how the inability of a sinful person to obey God is similar to a dead person’s inability to respond physically. Alternate translation: “you were spiritually dead, unable to do anything but sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ EPH 2 4 hrx9 figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὴν πολλὴν ἀγάπην α
EPH 2 5 h6km figs-activepassive χάριτί ἐστε σεσῳσμένοι 1 by grace you have been saved You can state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God saved you by being gracious to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EPH 2 5 abkm figs-abstractnouns χάριτί ἐστε σεσῳσμένοι 1 by grace you have been saved The word **grace** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “God saved you by being extremely kind to you” or “God saved you as a free gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EPH 2 6 na2n figs-idiom συνήγειρεν 1 raised us up with him Here, **raised up** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EPH 2 6 abch figs-pastforfuture συνήγειρεν 1 raised us up with him This could mean: (1) Because God has caused Christ to come alive again, God has already given Paul and the believers in Ephesus new spiritual life. Alternate translation: “God has given us new life because we belong to Christ” (2) Because God has caused Christ to come alive again, the believers in Ephesus can know that after they die they will live with Christ, and Paul can speak of the believers living again as if it has already happened. Alternate translation: “we can be sure that God will give us life just as he has caused Christ to come alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
EPH 2 6 abch figs-pastforfuture συνήγειρεν 1 raised us up with him This could mean: (1) because God has caused Christ to come alive again, God has already given Paul and the believers in Ephesus new spiritual life. Alternate translation: “God has given us new life because we belong to Christ” (2) because God has caused Christ to come alive again, the believers in Ephesus can know that after they die they will live with Christ, and Paul can speak of the believers living again as if it has already happened. Alternate translation: “we can be sure that God will give us life just as he has caused Christ to come alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
EPH 2 6 ab11 figs-pastforfuture συνεκάθισεν 1 seated us with him Paul talks about the believers as already **seated** in heaven with Christ because, although it is something that will happen in the future, it was guaranteed by what Christ did in the past. Alternate translation: “it is as though God has already seated us next to Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
EPH 2 6 b499 ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις 1 in the heavenly places The phrase **heavenly places** refers to the place where God is. See how this is translated in [Ephesians 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “in the supernatural world”
EPH 2 6 m6pq ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in Christ Jesus The phrase **in Christ Jesus** and similar expressions are metaphors that frequently occur in the New Testament letters. They express the strongest kind of relationship possible between Christ and those who believe in him.
@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ EPH 2 11 p7m2 figs-metaphor τὰ ἔθνη ἐν σαρκί 1 Gentiles in the f
EPH 2 11 e76g figs-metonymy ἀκροβυστία 1 uncircumcised Non-Jewish people were not circumcised as babies and thus the Jews considered them people who do not follow any of God’s laws. Alternate translation: “uncircumcised pagans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EPH 2 11 nlf2 figs-metonymy περιτομῆς 1 circumcised This was another term for Jewish people because all male infants were **circumcised**. Alternate translation: “circumcised people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EPH 2 11 tf9i figs-activepassive ὑπὸ τῆς λεγομένης 1 by those who are called You can translate this with an active form. Alternate translation: “by what people call” or “by those whom people call” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EPH 2 11 fb4r τῆς λεγομένης περιτομῆς ἐν σαρκὶ χειροποιήτου 1 those who are called “circumcised” in the flesh, performed by human hands This could mean: (1) This refers to Jews, who are circumcised by humans. (2) This refers to Jews, who circumcise the physical body.
EPH 2 11 fb4r τῆς λεγομένης περιτομῆς ἐν σαρκὶ χειροποιήτου 1 those who are called “circumcised” in the flesh, performed by human hands This could refer to: (1) the Jews, who are circumcised by humans. (2) the Jews, who circumcise the physical body.
EPH 2 12 abcz grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 For The connecting word **For** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that they were not part of the Jews, who were circumcised. The result is that the Gentile Ephesians were separated from God. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EPH 2 12 u3vu χωρὶς Χριστοῦ 1 apart from Christ “unbelievers”
EPH 2 12 sti2 figs-metaphor ξένοι τῶν διαθηκῶν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 strangers to the covenants of the promise Paul speaks to the Gentile believers as if they had been foreigners, kept out of the land of God’s **covenants** and **promise**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ EPH 3 1 w896 0 Connecting Statement: To make clear the hidden truth about the
EPH 3 1 jb9u grammar-connect-logic-result τούτου χάριν 1 For this reason The connecting phrase **For this reason** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is what Paul talked about in Chapter 2, that Christ showed his grace by removing the division between Jews and Gentiles and making them into one group. The result is that Paul prays for the Gentiles. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EPH 3 1 abd6 figs-explicit τούτου χάριν 1 For this reason You may need to make explicit what the reason is. Alternate translation: “because of God’s grace to you” You may also need to make explicit here what the result is, as in the UST, because Paul does not state the result until 3:14, that he prays for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EPH 3 1 m9b6 ὁ δέσμιος τοῦ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 the prisoner of Christ Jesus “the one who is in prison because I serve Christ Jesus”
EPH 3 2 rx7t τὴν οἰκονομίαν τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ, τῆς δοθείσης μοι εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 the stewardship of the grace of God that was given to me for you Here, **grace** could mean: (1) This refers to the gift of the gospel that Paul is bringing to the Gentiles, and you could translate, “the responsibility that God gave me to bring his grace to you.” (2) This refers to the gift to Paul of being the steward of the gospel for the Gentiles, and you could translate that as “the responsibility that God graciously gave me for your benefit.”
EPH 3 2 rx7t τὴν οἰκονομίαν τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ, τῆς δοθείσης μοι εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 the stewardship of the grace of God that was given to me for you Here, **grace** could mean: (1) the gift of the gospel that Paul is bringing to the Gentiles, and you could translate, “the responsibility that God gave me to bring his grace to you.” (2) the gift to Paul of being the steward of the gospel for the Gentiles, and you could translate that as “the responsibility that God graciously gave me for your benefit.”
EPH 3 3 dc7x figs-activepassive κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν ἐγνωρίσθη μοι 1 according to the revelation made known to me You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “according to what God revealed to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EPH 3 3 qm6m καθὼς προέγραψα ἐν ὀλίγῳ 1 about which I already wrote in brief Paul refers here to another letter that he had written to these people.
EPH 3 5 srn9 figs-activepassive ὃ ἑτέραις γενεαῖς οὐκ ἐγνωρίσθη τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 which in other generations was not made known to the sons of men You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God did not make these things known to people in the past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ EPH 3 5 eq5u figs-activepassive ὡς νῦν ἀπεκαλύφθη…ἐν Πν
EPH 3 6 pqy3 εἶναι τὰ ἔθνη, συνκληρονόμα…διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 that the Gentiles are fellow heirs … through the gospel This is the hidden truth that Paul began to explain in the previous verse. The **Gentiles** who receive Christ also receive everything that the Jewish believers receive from God.
EPH 3 6 y88q σύνσωμα 1 fellow members of the body The church is often referred to as the **body** of Christ.
EPH 3 6 wxs4 ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in Christ Jesus The phrase **in Christ Jesus** and similar expressions are metaphors that frequently occur in the New Testament letters. They express the strongest kind of relationship possible between Christ and those who believe in him.
EPH 3 6 i4h7 διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 through the gospel This could mean: (1) Because of the **gospel**, the Gentiles are fellow sharers in the promise. (2) Because of the **gospel**, the Gentiles are fellow heirs and members of the body and fellow sharers in the promise.
EPH 3 6 i4h7 διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 through the gospel This could mean: (1) because of the **gospel**, the Gentiles are fellow sharers in the promise. (2) because of the **gospel**, the Gentiles are fellow heirs and members of the body and fellow sharers in the promise.
EPH 3 8 y97f figs-metaphor ἀνεξιχνίαστον 1 unsearchable Paul speaks of everything that Christ offers as something so physically vast that it cannot be fully explored. Alternate Translation: “unable to be completely known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 3 8 e96z figs-metaphor πλοῦτος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 riches of Christ Paul speaks of the truth about **Christ** and the blessings he brings as if they were material wealth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 3 9 f2zp figs-activepassive τοῦ μυστηρίου, τοῦ ἀποκεκρυμμένου ἀπὸ τῶν αἰώνων ἐν τῷ Θεῷ, τῷ τὰ πάντα κτίσαντι 1 of the mystery that was hidden from the ages in God who created all things You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “of God, who created all things, kept this plan hidden for long ages in the past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ EPH 3 17 g4g1 figs-metaphor ἐν ἀγάπῃ, ἐρριζωμένοι καὶ
EPH 3 18 abd8 grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα 1 so that The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that Christ would live in their hearts. The result is that the Ephesian believers would fully know the love of God and be filled with God’s fullness. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EPH 3 18 bkk6 καταλαβέσθαι 1 to comprehend This is the third item for which Paul bends his knees and prays; the first is that God will grant that they be strengthened ([Ephesians 3:16](../03/16.md)) and the second is that Christ may live in their hearts through faith ([Ephesians 3:17](../03/17.md)).
EPH 3 18 uu6l πᾶσιν τοῖς ἁγίοις 1 all the saints “all the believers in Christ”
EPH 3 18 ef4s figs-metaphor τὸ πλάτος, καὶ μῆκος, καὶ ὕψος, καὶ βάθος 1 the width and length and height and depth In this metaphor Paul pictures something that is not physical or measurable as something that is physical but stretches out in all directions and, thus, is very large. This could mean: (1) These word describe the intensity of Christ’s love for us. Alternate translation: “how very much Christ loves us” (2) These words describe the greatness of God’s wisdom. Alternate translation: “how very wise God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 3 18 ef4s figs-metaphor τὸ πλάτος, καὶ μῆκος, καὶ ὕψος, καὶ βάθος 1 the width and length and height and depth In this metaphor Paul pictures something that is not physical or measurable as something that is physical but stretches out in all directions and, thus, is very large. This could refer to: (1) the intensity of Christ’s love for us. Alternate translation: “how very much Christ loves us” (2) the greatness of God’s wisdom. Alternate translation: “how very wise God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 3 18 ef4t figs-explicit τὸ πλάτος, καὶ μῆκος, καὶ ὕψος, καὶ βάθος 1 the width and length and height and depth It may be necessary to state explicitly what these words refer to. If so, you can combine this with the phrase from the next verse and say: “the width and length and height and depth of, and truly know the love of Christ” or “the width and length and height and depth of the love of Christ, and truly know it”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EPH 3 19 rev9 γνῶναί τε τὴν…ἀγάπην τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 and to know the love of Christ This continues the idea from the previous verse. They both refer to knowing the greatness of the love of Christ. Alternate translation: “that you can know how great Christ’s love for us is”
EPH 3 19 px4z ἵνα πληρωθῆτε εἰς πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 so that you may be filled with all the fullness of God This is the fourth item for which Paul bends his knees and prays ([Ephesians 3:14](../03/14.md)). The first is that they would “be strengthened” ([Ephesians 3:16](../03/16.md)), the second is that “Christ would live in their hearts through faith” ([Ephesians 3:17](../03/17.md)), and the third is that they “could comprehend Christ’s love” ([Ephesians 3:18](../03/18.md)).
@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ EPH 4 8 abdb grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 Therefore The connecting wor
EPH 4 8 wj8t ἀναβὰς εἰς ὕψος 1 When he ascended to the heights “When Christ went up into heaven”
EPH 4 9 e5at ἀνέβη 1 He ascended “Christ went up”
EPH 4 9 zu81 καὶ κατέβη 1 he also descended “Christ also came down”
EPH 4 9 eq56 εἰς τὰ κατώτερα μέρη τῆς γῆς 1 into the lower regions of the earth This could mean: (1) This refers to the **lower regions** are a part of the **earth**. (2) This refers to **the lower regions** is another way of referring to the **earth** itself. Alternate translation: “into the lower regions, the earth”
EPH 4 9 eq56 εἰς τὰ κατώτερα μέρη τῆς γῆς 1 into the lower regions of the earth This could refer to: (1) the **lower regions** as a part of the **earth**. (2) **the lower regions** as another way of referring to the **earth** itself. Alternate translation: “into the lower regions, the earth”
EPH 4 10 w6t5 ἵνα πληρώσῃ τὰ πάντα 1 so that he might fill all things “so that he might be working powerfully everywhere”
EPH 4 10 b5ig πληρώσῃ 1 he might fill “he might complete” or “he might satisfy”
EPH 4 12 jx12 πρὸς τὸν καταρτισμὸν τῶν ἁγίων 1 for the equipping of the saints “to prepare the people whom he has set apart” or “to provide the believers with what they need”
@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ EPH 4 16 l5r6 figs-metaphor διὰ πάσης ἁφῆς τῆς ἐπιχορ
EPH 4 17 n5cy 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells them what they should no longer do now that they, as believers, are sealed by the Holy Spirit of God.
EPH 4 17 abde grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Therefore The connecting word **Therefore** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that Christ wants every believer to become spiritually mature and to serve the other believers. The result is that the Ephesian believers should no longer act as the Gentiles act. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EPH 4 17 ksr8 τοῦτο οὖν λέγω καὶ μαρτύρομαι 1 Therefore, I say this and strongly urge “Because of what I have just said, I will now say something more in order to strongly encourage”
EPH 4 17 abr8 ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 in the Lord This could mean: (1) This refers to the authority of the Lord. (2) This may be stating that we all belong to the Lord.
EPH 4 17 abr8 ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 in the Lord This could be: (1) referring to the authority of the Lord. (2) stating that we all belong to the Lord.
EPH 4 17 wcx2 figs-metaphor μηκέτι ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν, καθὼς καὶ τὰ ἔθνη περιπατεῖ ἐν ματαιότητι τοῦ νοὸς αὐτῶν 1 you … to walk no longer as the Gentiles also walk, in futility of their minds Paul commonly uses this metaphor that compares walking to living one’s life. Alternate translation: “you … to stop living like the Gentiles with their worthless thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 4 18 lab7 figs-metaphor ἐσκοτωμένοι τῇ διανοίᾳ 1 They have been darkened in their understanding This metaphor compares wrong thinking with darkness. Alternate translation: “they no longer think or reason clearly” or “they are not able to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 4 18 abci figs-activepassive ἐσκοτωμένοι τῇ διανοίᾳ 1 They have been darkened in their understanding You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Their way of thinking has become dark” or “They no longer think or reason clearly” or “They are not able to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ EPH 4 19 ldy8 figs-metaphor ἑαυτοὺς παρέδωκαν τῇ ἀσελ
EPH 4 20 e5vk ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐχ οὕτως ἐμάθετε τὸν Χριστόν 1 But you did not thus learn Christ The word **thus** refers to the way that the Gentiles live, as described in [Ephesians 4:17-19](../04/17.md). This emphasizes that what the believers learned from Christ was the opposite of that. Alternate translation: “But what you learned about the ways of Christ was not like that”
EPH 4 20 abdh grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. The sinful way the Gentiles live is in contrast to the way that Paul taught the Ephesians to live according to the truth of Jesus. Use a connecting word in your language that marks a contrast here (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EPH 4 21 hy7r figs-irony εἴ γε αὐτὸν ἠκούσατε καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ ἐδιδάχθητε 1 if indeed you have heard about him and were taught in him Paul knows that the people to whom he is writing have **heard** and been **taught** these things. He is using irony as a form of rebuke—if they are doing things contrary to the way of Christ, they know better than that and need to stop. See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
EPH 4 21 b3pn figs-activepassive ἐν αὐτῷ ἐδιδάχθητε 1 were taught in him You can state this in active form. This could mean: (1) This may mean they received instruction in his ways. (2) This may mean that Jesus’ people have taught them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EPH 4 21 b3pn figs-activepassive ἐν αὐτῷ ἐδιδάχθητε 1 were taught in him You can state this in active form. This could mean: (1) they received instruction in his ways. (2) Jesus’ people have taught them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EPH 4 21 gdz6 καθώς ἐστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 as the truth is in Jesus “as Jesus teaches us the true way to live” or “as everything about Jesus is true.” See the UST.
EPH 4 22 h1ha figs-metaphor ἀποθέσθαι ὑμᾶς κατὰ τὴν προτέραν ἀναστροφὴν 1 You are to put aside what belongs to your former manner of life Paul is speaking of moral qualities as if they were pieces of clothing. Alternate translation: “You must stop living according to your former manner of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 4 22 j7n7 figs-metaphor ἀποθέσθαι ὑμᾶς κατὰ τὴν προτέραν ἀναστροφὴν τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 You are to put aside what belongs to your former manner of life, the old man Paul is speaking of a way of living as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “You must stop doing the things that your former self did” or “Stop doing the things that you used to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -346,8 +346,8 @@ EPH 5 13 sp1z 0 General Information: It is unknown if this quotation is a comb
EPH 5 13 abdy grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. Hiding the shameful works of darkness now is in contrast to the light exposing them later. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EPH 5 13 vqi7 figs-metaphor πᾶν…τὸ φανερούμενον φῶς ἐστιν 1 everything that is revealed is light Paul makes this general statement in order to imply that God’s Word shows people’s actions to be good or bad. The Bible often speaks of God’s truth as if it were **light** that could reveal the character of something. Alternate translation: “if you compare everything to what God says, you can know if it is good or bad” See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 5 14 abdz grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 Therefore The connecting word **Therefore** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that their sins will be revealed by the light. The result is that sinners should allow Christ to shine on them. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EPH 5 14 z4ar figs-apostrophe ἔγειρε, ὁ καθεύδων, καὶ ἀνάστα ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 Awake, O sleeper, and arise from the dead Possible meanings are: (1) Paul is addressing the believers and using death as a metaphor for their areas of spiritual weakness that they need to become aware of and reject. (2) Paul is addressing unbelievers who need to wake up from being dead spiritually just as a person who has died must come alive again in order to respond. See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
EPH 5 14 abcl figs-apostrophe ὁ καθεύδων 1 O sleeper This could mean: (1) Paul addresses this comment directly to the believers who are reading or hearing the letter. (2) Paul addresses this comment directly to unbelievers who are not reading or hearing the letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
EPH 5 14 z4ar figs-apostrophe ἔγειρε, ὁ καθεύδων, καὶ ἀνάστα ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 Awake, O sleeper, and arise from the dead This could mean: (1) Paul is addressing the believers and using death as a metaphor for their areas of spiritual weakness that they need to become aware of and reject. (2) Paul is addressing unbelievers who need to wake up from being dead spiritually just as a person who has died must come alive again in order to respond. See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
EPH 5 14 abcl figs-apostrophe ὁ καθεύδων 1 O sleeper This could mean: (1) Paul is addressing this comment directly to the believers who are reading or hearing the letter. (2) Paul is addressing this comment directly to unbelievers who are not reading or hearing the letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
EPH 5 14 e873 figs-metaphor ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 from the dead This expression describes all **dead** people together in the underworld. To arise from among them speaks of becoming alive again and is a metaphor for becoming alive spiritually and living for God. Alternate Translation: “from among all those who have died” or “from among those who are spiritually dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 5 14 ma8w figs-you ἐπιφαύσει σοι 1 will shine on you Here, **you** refers to the “sleeper” and is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
EPH 5 14 ym6b figs-metaphor ἐπιφαύσει σοι ὁ Χριστός 1 Christ will shine on you **Christ** will enable an unbeliever to understand how evil his deeds are and how Christ will forgive him and give him new life, just as light shows what actually is there that the darkness had hid. This aso applies to anything that a believer has not yet recognized as sinful. Alternate translation: “Christ will show you what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -365,12 +365,12 @@ EPH 5 18 scp1 καὶ μὴ μεθύσκεσθε οἴνῳ 1 And do not get dr
EPH 5 18 cd33 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ᾧ ἐστιν ἀσωτία 1 in which is recklessness The word **recklessness** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “which leads to reckless behavior” or “because that will ruin you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EPH 5 18 lgw3 ἀλλὰ πληροῦσθε ἐν Πνεύματι 1 Instead, be filled with the Spirit “Instead, you should be controlled by the Holy Spirit”
EPH 5 18 abe6 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Instead The connecting word **Instead** introduces a contrast relationship. Being drunk is in contrast to being filled with the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EPH 5 19 egk6 figs-merism ψαλμοῖς, καὶ ὕμνοις, καὶ ᾠδαῖς πνευματικαῖς 1 psalms and hymns and spiritual songs Possible meanings are that: (1) Paul is using these words as a merism for “all sorts of songs to praise God” (2) Paul is listing specific forms of music. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
EPH 5 19 egk6 figs-merism ψαλμοῖς, καὶ ὕμνοις, καὶ ᾠδαῖς πνευματικαῖς 1 psalms and hymns and spiritual songs This could mean: (1) Paul is using these words as a merism for “all sorts of songs to praise God” (2) Paul is listing specific forms of music. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
EPH 5 19 n5jj ψαλμοῖς 1 psalms These are probably songs from the Old Testament book of Psalms that Christians sang.
EPH 5 19 g5ss ὕμνοις 1 hymns These are songs of praise and worship that may have been written specifically for Christians to sing.
EPH 5 19 v9ay figs-doublet ᾠδαῖς πνευματικαῖς 1 spiritual songs Possible meanings are: (1) these are songs that the Holy Spirit inspires a person to sing right at that moment (2) **spiritual songs** and “hymns” form a doublet. They mean basically the same thing, and you could use one word for these instead of two. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EPH 5 19 v3ql figs-metonymy τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν 1 in your heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s thoughts or inner being. This could mean: (1) They should do this with true motives and sincerity. Alternate translation: “from deep within your being” or “sincerely” (2) They should do this with enthusiasm: Alternate translation: “with all of your being” or “enthusiastically” See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EPH 5 20 e6w5 figs-metaphor ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ Here, **name** could mean: (1) This refers to Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “because you belong to our Lord Jesus Christ” (2) This refers to the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “with the authority of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 5 19 v9ay figs-doublet ᾠδαῖς πνευματικαῖς 1 spiritual songs This could mean: (1) these are songs that the Holy Spirit inspires a person to sing right at that moment (2) **spiritual songs** and “hymns” form a doublet. They mean basically the same thing, and you could use one word for these instead of two. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EPH 5 19 v3ql figs-metonymy τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν 1 in your heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s thoughts or inner being. This could mean: (1) they should do this with true motives and sincerity. Alternate translation: “from deep within your being” or “sincerely” (2) they should do this with enthusiasm: Alternate translation: “with all of your being” or “enthusiastically” See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EPH 5 20 e6w5 figs-metaphor ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ Here, **name** could refer to: (1) Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “because you belong to our Lord Jesus Christ” (2) the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “with the authority of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 5 20 abw5 τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί 1 to God, even the Father “to God, who is our father”
EPH 5 22 isd7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins to explain how Christians are to submit themselves to one another ([Ephesians 5:21](../05/21.md)). He starts with instructions to wives and husbands on how they should act toward each other.
EPH 5 23 abe7 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 For The connecting word **For** introduces the reason of a reason-result relationship. The reason is that the husband is head of the wife in the same way Christ is head of the church. The result is that wives should submit to their husbands. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ EPH 5 25 i24y ἑαυτὸν παρέδωκεν 1 gave himself up “allowed pe
EPH 5 25 kp8k figs-metaphor ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς 1 for her Paul speaks of the assembly of believers as though it were a woman whom Jesus will marry. Alternate translation: “for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 5 26 abe9 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 so that The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of Christ giving himself up to death is to sanctify the church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
EPH 5 26 h6vx figs-metaphor αὐτὴν ἁγιάσῃ, καθαρίσας 1 he might sanctify her, having cleansed her Paul speaks of the assembly of believers as though it were a woman whom Jesus will marry. Alternate translation: “he might make us holy, having cleansed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 5 26 a9p5 figs-metaphor καθαρίσας τῷ λουτρῷ τοῦ ὕδατος ἐν ῥήματι 1 having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word Possible meanings are: (1) Paul is referring to God making Christ’s people clean by the preaching and acceptance of God’s **word** in the gospel message and through **water** baptism in Christ. (2) Paul speaks of God making us spiritually clean from our sins by the message as if God were making our bodies clean by washing them with **water**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 5 26 a9p5 figs-metaphor καθαρίσας τῷ λουτρῷ τοῦ ὕδατος ἐν ῥήματι 1 having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word This could mean: (1) Paul is referring to God making Christ’s people clean by the preaching and acceptance of God’s **word** in the gospel message and through **water** baptism in Christ. (2) Paul is speaking of God making us spiritually clean from our sins by the message as if God were making our bodies clean by washing them with **water**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 5 27 abea grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 so that The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of Christ cleansing the church with the word is to present the church to himself as a glorious bride. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
EPH 5 27 d1sm figs-metaphor μὴ ἔχουσαν σπίλον, ἢ ῥυτίδα 1 not having stain or wrinkle Paul speaks of the church as though it were a garment that is clean and in perfect condition. Alternate translation: “not having any defect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 5 27 abcm figs-doublet μὴ ἔχουσαν σπίλον, ἢ ῥυτίδα 1 not having stain or wrinkle Here, **stain** and **wrinkle** represent the same idea of defect in two ways to emphasize the church’s purity. If your language does not have two different words, you can use one word for this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
11 EPH 1 3 cr9h ὁ εὐλογήσας ἡμᾶς 1 who has blessed us “for God has blessed us”
12 EPH 1 3 m8qh πάσῃ εὐλογίᾳ πνευματικῇ 1 every spiritual blessing “every blessing coming from the Spirit of God”
13 EPH 1 3 j2lk ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις 1 in the heavenly places “in the supernatural world.” The word **heavenly** refers to the place where God is.
14 EPH 1 3 v9qz figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ 1 in Christ This could mean: (1) Here, **in Christ** has its general meaning as a metaphor referring to our close relationship with Christ. Alternate translation: “by uniting us with Christ” or “because we are united with Christ” (2) Here the phrase **in Christ** refers to what Christ has done. Alternate translation: “through Christ” or “through what Christ has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **in Christ** could mean: (1) a metaphor referring to our close relationship with Christ. Alternate translation: “by uniting us with Christ” or “because we are united with Christ” (2) what Christ has done. Alternate translation: “through Christ” or “through what Christ has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15 EPH 1 4 ibv6 figs-doublet ἁγίους καὶ ἀμώμους 1 holy and blameless Paul uses these two similar words to emphasize moral goodness. If your language does not have two similar words, you can use one word for both, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
16 EPH 1 4 ab01 figs-doublenegatives ἀμώμους 1 blameless The word **blameless** contains two negative ideas: “blame” or “fault,” and “-less,” which means “without.” If it is clearer in your language, the two negative ideas can be replaced with the corresponding positive idea, “perfect.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
17 EPH 1 5 fp7l 0 General Information: The words “his,” “He,” and “he” refer to God.
24 EPH 1 7 abcb figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ αἵματος αὐτοῦ 1 through his blood The **blood** of Jesus is a metonym for his death. Alternate translation: “because he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
25 EPH 1 7 m9l4 figs-metaphor τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 the riches of his grace Paul speaks of God’s grace as if it were material wealth. Alternate translation: “greatness of God’s grace” or “abundance of God’s grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
26 EPH 1 8 pg6j ἧς ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς ἡμᾶς 1 which he caused to abound to us “which he gave us in a great amount” or “being extremely kind to us”
27 EPH 1 8 sw98 ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ καὶ φρονήσει 1 in all wisdom and understanding Possible meanings are: (1) “because he has all wisdom and understanding” (2) “so that we might have great wisdom and understanding.” This could mean: (1) because he has all wisdom and understanding. (2) so that we might have great wisdom and understanding.
28 EPH 1 8 ab98 figs-doublet σοφίᾳ καὶ φρονήσει 1 wisdom and understanding Here, **wisdom** and **understanding** mean very similar things. If your language does not have two similar words, you can use one word for both. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
29 EPH 1 9 v71p κατὰ τὴν εὐδοκίαν αὐτοῦ 1 according to his good pleasure Possible meanings are: (1) “because he wanted to make it known to us” (2) “which was what he wanted.” This could mean: (1) because he wanted to make it known to us. (2) which was what he wanted.
30 EPH 1 9 c2uk ἣν προέθετο ἐν αὐτῷ 1 which he had planned in him “as he demonstrated this purpose in Christ”
31 EPH 1 9 u53h ἐν αὐτῷ 1 in him “by means of Christ”
32 EPH 1 10 n2sl εἰς οἰκονομίαν 1 with a view to an administration A new sentence can be started here. Alternate translation: “He did this with a view to an administration” or “He did this, thinking about a stewardship”
33 EPH 1 10 em7q τοῦ πληρώματος τῶν καιρῶν 1 of the fullness of time “when the time is right” or “at the time that he has appointed”
34 EPH 1 10 ab7q ἐν αὐτῷ 1 in him “under his rule” or “under his authority”
35 EPH 1 11 ww9s figs-exclusive καὶ ἐκληρώθημεν, προορισθέντες 1 we were also allotted as a possession. We were predestined Both pronouns **we** and **We** are inclusive in this verse. Paul is referring to all Christians, who were predestined to belong to Christ. In verses 12 and 13 he will divide this group into “we” (exclusive) Jewish Christians and “you” Gentile Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
36 EPH 1 11 t281 figs-activepassive καὶ ἐκληρώθημεν 1 we were also allotted as a possession You can state this in active form. Possible meanings are: (1) “God also chose us to be his possession” (2) “God also chose us to be heirs.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) You can state this in active form. This could mean: (1) God also chose us to be his possession. (2) God also chose us to be heirs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
37 EPH 1 11 nkf8 figs-activepassive προορισθέντες 1 We were predestined You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God chose us ahead of time” or “God chose us long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38 EPH 1 12 gj44 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς…τοὺς προηλπικότας ἐν τῷ Χριστῷ 1 we who were the first to have confident hope in Christ Here, the word **we** is exclusive and refers to the Jewish believers who first heard the good news, not the believers at Ephesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
39 EPH 1 12 zqm9 εἰς τὸ εἶναι ἡμᾶς, εἰς ἔπαινον δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 so that we … would be for the praise of his glory “so that we … would live to praise him for his glory”
40 EPH 1 13 j1zc 0 General Information: Paul has been speaking in the previous two verses about himself and the other Jewish believers, but now he begins speaking about the Ephesian believers.
41 EPH 1 13 ac1e τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the word of truth Possible meanings are: (1) “the message about the truth” (2) “the true message.” This could mean: (1) the message about the truth. (2) the true message.
42 EPH 1 13 qgf9 figs-metaphor ἐσφραγίσθητε τῷ Πνεύματι τῆς ἐπαγγελίας, τῷ Ἁγίῳ 1 you were sealed with the promised Holy Spirit In this metaphor Paul pictures the Holy Spirit as a seal, comparing him to the wax that was placed on a letter and stamped with a symbol representing the person who wrote the letter. Paul uses this custom as a picture to show how God has used the Holy Spirit to assure us that we belong to him. Alternate translation: “God has placed the Holy Spirit that he promised on you as if he were a seal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
43 EPH 1 13 abcf figs-activepassive ἐσφραγίσθητε 1 you were sealed You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has sealed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
44 EPH 1 14 g6dw figs-metaphor ἀρραβὼν τῆς κληρονομίας ἡμῶν 1 a down payment of our inheritance Receiving what God has promised is spoken of in terms of one inheriting property or wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: “an initial portion that we will receive from what God has promised” or “a guarantee that we will receive what God has promised to give us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
65 EPH 1 20 f3dh translate-symaction καθίσας ἐν δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ 1 seated him at his right hand To sit at the **right hand** of God is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “seated him in the place of honor and authority beside him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
66 EPH 1 20 jrv1 ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις 1 in the heavenly places “in the supernatural world.” The word **heavenly** refers to the place where God is. See how you translated this in [Ephesians 1:3](../01/03.md).
67 EPH 1 21 k8k7 figs-doublet ὑπεράνω πάσης ἀρχῆς, καὶ ἐξουσίας, καὶ δυνάμεως, καὶ κυριότητος 1 far above all rule and authority and power and dominion These are all terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. If your language does not have four different terms for rulers or authorities, you can combine them. Alternate translation: “far above all types of supernatural beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
68 EPH 1 21 ra11 figs-activepassive παντὸς ὀνόματος ὀνομαζομένου 1 every name that is named You can state this in active form. Possible meaning for alternate translation: (1) “every name that man gives” (2) “every name that God gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) You can state this in active form. This could mean: (1) every name that man gives. (2) every name that God gives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
69 EPH 1 21 x6qc ὀνόματος 1 name This could mean: (1) This is a title. (2) This refers to a position of authority. This could refer to: (1) a title. (2) a position of authority.
70 EPH 1 21 pym8 ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 in this age “at this time”
71 EPH 1 21 qw2x ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι 1 in the age to come “in the future”
72 EPH 1 22 jm9i figs-metonymy ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ 1 under Christ’s feet Here, **feet** represents Christ’s lordship, authority, and power. Alternate translation: “under Christ’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
73 EPH 1 22 pm4t figs-metaphor κεφαλὴν ὑπὲρ πάντα 1 head over all things Here, **head** is a metaphor that refers to the leader or the one who is in charge. Alternate translation: “ruler over all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
74 EPH 1 23 ge2c figs-metaphor τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ 1 his body Just as the head (verse 22) rules all things pertaining to a human body, so Christ is the head of the church body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
75 EPH 1 23 w2kh τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ τὰ πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν πληρουμένου 1 the fullness of the one who fills all in all “for Christ fills the church with his life and power just as he gives life to all things”
76 EPH 1 23 x2kh τὸ πλήρωμα 1 the fullness This could mean: (1) It has a passive sense, which would mean that Christ fills or completes the church. (2) It has an active sense, which would mean that the church completes Christ (as a body completes a head). This could have: (1) a passive sense, which would mean that Christ fills or completes the church. (2) an active sense, which would mean that the church completes Christ (as a body completes a head).
77 EPH 2 intro e7qn 0 # Ephesians 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter focuses on the life that a Christian had before coming to believe in Jesus. Paul then uses this information to explain how a person’s former way of living is distinct from a Christian’s new identity “in Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### One body<br><br>Paul teaches about the church in this chapter. The church is made of two different groups of people (Jews and Gentiles). They are now one group or “body.” The church is also known as the body of Christ. Jews and Gentiles are united in Christ.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “Dead in trespasses and sins”<br><br>Paul teaches that those who are not Christians are “dead” in their sin. Sin binds or enslaves them. This makes them spiritually “dead.” Paul writes that God makes Christians alive in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Descriptions of worldly living<br><br>Paul uses many different ways to describe how non-Christians act. They “lived according to the ways of this world” and are “living according to the ruler of the authorities of the air,” “fulfilling the evil desires of our sinful nature,” and “carrying out the desires of the body and of the mind.”<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “It is the gift of God”<br><br>Some scholars believe “it” here refers to being saved. Other scholars believe that it is faith that is the gift of God. Because of how the Greek tenses agree, “it” here probably refers to both things: the gift is that we are saved by God’s grace through faith.<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>“Flesh” is sometimes used as a metaphor for a person’s sinful nature. The phrase “Gentiles in the flesh” indicates the Ephesians once lived without any concern for God. But “flesh” is also used in this verse to refer to the physical person, similar to “body part of man.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])
78 EPH 2 1 xf5s 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the believers of their past and the way they now are before God.
79 EPH 2 1 dxx8 figs-metaphor ὑμᾶς ὄντας νεκροὺς τοῖς παραπτώμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν 1 you were dead in your trespasses and sins This shows how the inability of a sinful person to obey God is similar to a dead person’s inability to respond physically. Alternate translation: “you were spiritually dead, unable to do anything but sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
92 EPH 2 5 h6km figs-activepassive χάριτί ἐστε σεσῳσμένοι 1 by grace you have been saved You can state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God saved you by being gracious to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
93 EPH 2 5 abkm figs-abstractnouns χάριτί ἐστε σεσῳσμένοι 1 by grace you have been saved The word **grace** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “God saved you by being extremely kind to you” or “God saved you as a free gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
94 EPH 2 6 na2n figs-idiom συνήγειρεν 1 raised us up with him Here, **raised up** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
95 EPH 2 6 abch figs-pastforfuture συνήγειρεν 1 raised us up with him This could mean: (1) Because God has caused Christ to come alive again, God has already given Paul and the believers in Ephesus new spiritual life. Alternate translation: “God has given us new life because we belong to Christ” (2) Because God has caused Christ to come alive again, the believers in Ephesus can know that after they die they will live with Christ, and Paul can speak of the believers living again as if it has already happened. Alternate translation: “we can be sure that God will give us life just as he has caused Christ to come alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) This could mean: (1) because God has caused Christ to come alive again, God has already given Paul and the believers in Ephesus new spiritual life. Alternate translation: “God has given us new life because we belong to Christ” (2) because God has caused Christ to come alive again, the believers in Ephesus can know that after they die they will live with Christ, and Paul can speak of the believers living again as if it has already happened. Alternate translation: “we can be sure that God will give us life just as he has caused Christ to come alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
96 EPH 2 6 ab11 figs-pastforfuture συνεκάθισεν 1 seated us with him Paul talks about the believers as already **seated** in heaven with Christ because, although it is something that will happen in the future, it was guaranteed by what Christ did in the past. Alternate translation: “it is as though God has already seated us next to Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
97 EPH 2 6 b499 ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις 1 in the heavenly places The phrase **heavenly places** refers to the place where God is. See how this is translated in [Ephesians 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “in the supernatural world”
98 EPH 2 6 m6pq ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in Christ Jesus The phrase **in Christ Jesus** and similar expressions are metaphors that frequently occur in the New Testament letters. They express the strongest kind of relationship possible between Christ and those who believe in him.
114 EPH 2 11 e76g figs-metonymy ἀκροβυστία 1 uncircumcised Non-Jewish people were not circumcised as babies and thus the Jews considered them people who do not follow any of God’s laws. Alternate translation: “uncircumcised pagans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
115 EPH 2 11 nlf2 figs-metonymy περιτομῆς 1 circumcised This was another term for Jewish people because all male infants were **circumcised**. Alternate translation: “circumcised people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
116 EPH 2 11 tf9i figs-activepassive ὑπὸ τῆς λεγομένης 1 by those who are called You can translate this with an active form. Alternate translation: “by what people call” or “by those whom people call” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
117 EPH 2 11 fb4r τῆς λεγομένης περιτομῆς ἐν σαρκὶ χειροποιήτου 1 those who are called “circumcised” in the flesh, performed by human hands This could mean: (1) This refers to Jews, who are circumcised by humans. (2) This refers to Jews, who circumcise the physical body. This could refer to: (1) the Jews, who are circumcised by humans. (2) the Jews, who circumcise the physical body.
118 EPH 2 12 abcz grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 For The connecting word **For** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that they were not part of the Jews, who were circumcised. The result is that the Gentile Ephesians were separated from God. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
119 EPH 2 12 u3vu χωρὶς Χριστοῦ 1 apart from Christ “unbelievers”
120 EPH 2 12 sti2 figs-metaphor ξένοι τῶν διαθηκῶν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 strangers to the covenants of the promise Paul speaks to the Gentile believers as if they had been foreigners, kept out of the land of God’s **covenants** and **promise**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
158 EPH 3 1 jb9u grammar-connect-logic-result τούτου χάριν 1 For this reason The connecting phrase **For this reason** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is what Paul talked about in Chapter 2, that Christ showed his grace by removing the division between Jews and Gentiles and making them into one group. The result is that Paul prays for the Gentiles. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
159 EPH 3 1 abd6 figs-explicit τούτου χάριν 1 For this reason You may need to make explicit what the reason is. Alternate translation: “because of God’s grace to you” You may also need to make explicit here what the result is, as in the UST, because Paul does not state the result until 3:14, that he prays for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
160 EPH 3 1 m9b6 ὁ δέσμιος τοῦ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 the prisoner of Christ Jesus “the one who is in prison because I serve Christ Jesus”
161 EPH 3 2 rx7t τὴν οἰκονομίαν τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ, τῆς δοθείσης μοι εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 the stewardship of the grace of God that was given to me for you Here, **grace** could mean: (1) This refers to the gift of the gospel that Paul is bringing to the Gentiles, and you could translate, “the responsibility that God gave me to bring his grace to you.” (2) This refers to the gift to Paul of being the steward of the gospel for the Gentiles, and you could translate that as “the responsibility that God graciously gave me for your benefit.” Here, **grace** could mean: (1) the gift of the gospel that Paul is bringing to the Gentiles, and you could translate, “the responsibility that God gave me to bring his grace to you.” (2) the gift to Paul of being the steward of the gospel for the Gentiles, and you could translate that as “the responsibility that God graciously gave me for your benefit.”
162 EPH 3 3 dc7x figs-activepassive κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν ἐγνωρίσθη μοι 1 according to the revelation made known to me You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “according to what God revealed to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
163 EPH 3 3 qm6m καθὼς προέγραψα ἐν ὀλίγῳ 1 about which I already wrote in brief Paul refers here to another letter that he had written to these people.
164 EPH 3 5 srn9 figs-activepassive ὃ ἑτέραις γενεαῖς οὐκ ἐγνωρίσθη τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 which in other generations was not made known to the sons of men You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God did not make these things known to people in the past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
166 EPH 3 6 pqy3 εἶναι τὰ ἔθνη, συνκληρονόμα…διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 that the Gentiles are fellow heirs … through the gospel This is the hidden truth that Paul began to explain in the previous verse. The **Gentiles** who receive Christ also receive everything that the Jewish believers receive from God.
167 EPH 3 6 y88q σύνσωμα 1 fellow members of the body The church is often referred to as the **body** of Christ.
168 EPH 3 6 wxs4 ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in Christ Jesus The phrase **in Christ Jesus** and similar expressions are metaphors that frequently occur in the New Testament letters. They express the strongest kind of relationship possible between Christ and those who believe in him.
169 EPH 3 6 i4h7 διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 through the gospel This could mean: (1) Because of the **gospel**, the Gentiles are fellow sharers in the promise. (2) Because of the **gospel**, the Gentiles are fellow heirs and members of the body and fellow sharers in the promise. This could mean: (1) because of the **gospel**, the Gentiles are fellow sharers in the promise. (2) because of the **gospel**, the Gentiles are fellow heirs and members of the body and fellow sharers in the promise.
170 EPH 3 8 y97f figs-metaphor ἀνεξιχνίαστον 1 unsearchable Paul speaks of everything that Christ offers as something so physically vast that it cannot be fully explored. Alternate Translation: “unable to be completely known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
171 EPH 3 8 e96z figs-metaphor πλοῦτος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 riches of Christ Paul speaks of the truth about **Christ** and the blessings he brings as if they were material wealth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
172 EPH 3 9 f2zp figs-activepassive τοῦ μυστηρίου, τοῦ ἀποκεκρυμμένου ἀπὸ τῶν αἰώνων ἐν τῷ Θεῷ, τῷ τὰ πάντα κτίσαντι 1 of the mystery that was hidden from the ages in God who created all things You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “of God, who created all things, kept this plan hidden for long ages in the past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
197 EPH 3 18 abd8 grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα 1 so that The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that Christ would live in their hearts. The result is that the Ephesian believers would fully know the love of God and be filled with God’s fullness. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
198 EPH 3 18 bkk6 καταλαβέσθαι 1 to comprehend This is the third item for which Paul bends his knees and prays; the first is that God will grant that they be strengthened ([Ephesians 3:16](../03/16.md)) and the second is that Christ may live in their hearts through faith ([Ephesians 3:17](../03/17.md)).
199 EPH 3 18 uu6l πᾶσιν τοῖς ἁγίοις 1 all the saints “all the believers in Christ”
200 EPH 3 18 ef4s figs-metaphor τὸ πλάτος, καὶ μῆκος, καὶ ὕψος, καὶ βάθος 1 the width and length and height and depth In this metaphor Paul pictures something that is not physical or measurable as something that is physical but stretches out in all directions and, thus, is very large. This could mean: (1) These word describe the intensity of Christ’s love for us. Alternate translation: “how very much Christ loves us” (2) These words describe the greatness of God’s wisdom. Alternate translation: “how very wise God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) In this metaphor Paul pictures something that is not physical or measurable as something that is physical but stretches out in all directions and, thus, is very large. This could refer to: (1) the intensity of Christ’s love for us. Alternate translation: “how very much Christ loves us” (2) the greatness of God’s wisdom. Alternate translation: “how very wise God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
201 EPH 3 18 ef4t figs-explicit τὸ πλάτος, καὶ μῆκος, καὶ ὕψος, καὶ βάθος 1 the width and length and height and depth It may be necessary to state explicitly what these words refer to. If so, you can combine this with the phrase from the next verse and say: “the width and length and height and depth of, and truly know the love of Christ” or “the width and length and height and depth of the love of Christ, and truly know it”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
202 EPH 3 19 rev9 γνῶναί τε τὴν…ἀγάπην τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 and to know the love of Christ This continues the idea from the previous verse. They both refer to knowing the greatness of the love of Christ. Alternate translation: “that you can know how great Christ’s love for us is”
203 EPH 3 19 px4z ἵνα πληρωθῆτε εἰς πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 so that you may be filled with all the fullness of God This is the fourth item for which Paul bends his knees and prays ([Ephesians 3:14](../03/14.md)). The first is that they would “be strengthened” ([Ephesians 3:16](../03/16.md)), the second is that “Christ would live in their hearts through faith” ([Ephesians 3:17](../03/17.md)), and the third is that they “could comprehend Christ’s love” ([Ephesians 3:18](../03/18.md)).
231 EPH 4 8 wj8t ἀναβὰς εἰς ὕψος 1 When he ascended to the heights “When Christ went up into heaven”
232 EPH 4 9 e5at ἀνέβη 1 He ascended “Christ went up”
233 EPH 4 9 zu81 καὶ κατέβη 1 he also descended “Christ also came down”
234 EPH 4 9 eq56 εἰς τὰ κατώτερα μέρη τῆς γῆς 1 into the lower regions of the earth This could mean: (1) This refers to the **lower regions** are a part of the **earth**. (2) This refers to **the lower regions** is another way of referring to the **earth** itself. Alternate translation: “into the lower regions, the earth” This could refer to: (1) the **lower regions** as a part of the **earth**. (2) **the lower regions** as another way of referring to the **earth** itself. Alternate translation: “into the lower regions, the earth”
235 EPH 4 10 w6t5 ἵνα πληρώσῃ τὰ πάντα 1 so that he might fill all things “so that he might be working powerfully everywhere”
236 EPH 4 10 b5ig πληρώσῃ 1 he might fill “he might complete” or “he might satisfy”
237 EPH 4 12 jx12 πρὸς τὸν καταρτισμὸν τῶν ἁγίων 1 for the equipping of the saints “to prepare the people whom he has set apart” or “to provide the believers with what they need”
261 EPH 4 17 n5cy 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells them what they should no longer do now that they, as believers, are sealed by the Holy Spirit of God.
262 EPH 4 17 abde grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Therefore The connecting word **Therefore** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that Christ wants every believer to become spiritually mature and to serve the other believers. The result is that the Ephesian believers should no longer act as the Gentiles act. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
263 EPH 4 17 ksr8 τοῦτο οὖν λέγω καὶ μαρτύρομαι 1 Therefore, I say this and strongly urge “Because of what I have just said, I will now say something more in order to strongly encourage”
264 EPH 4 17 abr8 ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 in the Lord This could mean: (1) This refers to the authority of the Lord. (2) This may be stating that we all belong to the Lord. This could be: (1) referring to the authority of the Lord. (2) stating that we all belong to the Lord.
265 EPH 4 17 wcx2 figs-metaphor μηκέτι ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν, καθὼς καὶ τὰ ἔθνη περιπατεῖ ἐν ματαιότητι τοῦ νοὸς αὐτῶν 1 you … to walk no longer as the Gentiles also walk, in futility of their minds Paul commonly uses this metaphor that compares walking to living one’s life. Alternate translation: “you … to stop living like the Gentiles with their worthless thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
266 EPH 4 18 lab7 figs-metaphor ἐσκοτωμένοι τῇ διανοίᾳ 1 They have been darkened in their understanding This metaphor compares wrong thinking with darkness. Alternate translation: “they no longer think or reason clearly” or “they are not able to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
267 EPH 4 18 abci figs-activepassive ἐσκοτωμένοι τῇ διανοίᾳ 1 They have been darkened in their understanding You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Their way of thinking has become dark” or “They no longer think or reason clearly” or “They are not able to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
275 EPH 4 20 e5vk ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐχ οὕτως ἐμάθετε τὸν Χριστόν 1 But you did not thus learn Christ The word **thus** refers to the way that the Gentiles live, as described in [Ephesians 4:17-19](../04/17.md). This emphasizes that what the believers learned from Christ was the opposite of that. Alternate translation: “But what you learned about the ways of Christ was not like that”
276 EPH 4 20 abdh grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. The sinful way the Gentiles live is in contrast to the way that Paul taught the Ephesians to live according to the truth of Jesus. Use a connecting word in your language that marks a contrast here (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
277 EPH 4 21 hy7r figs-irony εἴ γε αὐτὸν ἠκούσατε καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ ἐδιδάχθητε 1 if indeed you have heard about him and were taught in him Paul knows that the people to whom he is writing have **heard** and been **taught** these things. He is using irony as a form of rebuke—if they are doing things contrary to the way of Christ, they know better than that and need to stop. See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
278 EPH 4 21 b3pn figs-activepassive ἐν αὐτῷ ἐδιδάχθητε 1 were taught in him You can state this in active form. This could mean: (1) This may mean they received instruction in his ways. (2) This may mean that Jesus’ people have taught them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) You can state this in active form. This could mean: (1) they received instruction in his ways. (2) Jesus’ people have taught them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
279 EPH 4 21 gdz6 καθώς ἐστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 as the truth is in Jesus “as Jesus teaches us the true way to live” or “as everything about Jesus is true.” See the UST.
280 EPH 4 22 h1ha figs-metaphor ἀποθέσθαι ὑμᾶς κατὰ τὴν προτέραν ἀναστροφὴν 1 You are to put aside what belongs to your former manner of life Paul is speaking of moral qualities as if they were pieces of clothing. Alternate translation: “You must stop living according to your former manner of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
281 EPH 4 22 j7n7 figs-metaphor ἀποθέσθαι ὑμᾶς κατὰ τὴν προτέραν ἀναστροφὴν τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 You are to put aside what belongs to your former manner of life, the old man Paul is speaking of a way of living as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “You must stop doing the things that your former self did” or “Stop doing the things that you used to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
346 EPH 5 13 abdy grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. Hiding the shameful works of darkness now is in contrast to the light exposing them later. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
347 EPH 5 13 vqi7 figs-metaphor πᾶν…τὸ φανερούμενον φῶς ἐστιν 1 everything that is revealed is light Paul makes this general statement in order to imply that God’s Word shows people’s actions to be good or bad. The Bible often speaks of God’s truth as if it were **light** that could reveal the character of something. Alternate translation: “if you compare everything to what God says, you can know if it is good or bad” See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
348 EPH 5 14 abdz grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 Therefore The connecting word **Therefore** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that their sins will be revealed by the light. The result is that sinners should allow Christ to shine on them. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
349 EPH 5 14 z4ar figs-apostrophe ἔγειρε, ὁ καθεύδων, καὶ ἀνάστα ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 Awake, O sleeper, and arise from the dead Possible meanings are: (1) Paul is addressing the believers and using death as a metaphor for their areas of spiritual weakness that they need to become aware of and reject. (2) Paul is addressing unbelievers who need to wake up from being dead spiritually just as a person who has died must come alive again in order to respond. See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) This could mean: (1) Paul is addressing the believers and using death as a metaphor for their areas of spiritual weakness that they need to become aware of and reject. (2) Paul is addressing unbelievers who need to wake up from being dead spiritually just as a person who has died must come alive again in order to respond. See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
350 EPH 5 14 abcl figs-apostrophe ὁ καθεύδων 1 O sleeper This could mean: (1) Paul addresses this comment directly to the believers who are reading or hearing the letter. (2) Paul addresses this comment directly to unbelievers who are not reading or hearing the letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) This could mean: (1) Paul is addressing this comment directly to the believers who are reading or hearing the letter. (2) Paul is addressing this comment directly to unbelievers who are not reading or hearing the letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
351 EPH 5 14 e873 figs-metaphor ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 from the dead This expression describes all **dead** people together in the underworld. To arise from among them speaks of becoming alive again and is a metaphor for becoming alive spiritually and living for God. Alternate Translation: “from among all those who have died” or “from among those who are spiritually dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
352 EPH 5 14 ma8w figs-you ἐπιφαύσει σοι 1 will shine on you Here, **you** refers to the “sleeper” and is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
353 EPH 5 14 ym6b figs-metaphor ἐπιφαύσει σοι ὁ Χριστός 1 Christ will shine on you **Christ** will enable an unbeliever to understand how evil his deeds are and how Christ will forgive him and give him new life, just as light shows what actually is there that the darkness had hid. This aso applies to anything that a believer has not yet recognized as sinful. Alternate translation: “Christ will show you what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
365 EPH 5 18 cd33 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ᾧ ἐστιν ἀσωτία 1 in which is recklessness The word **recklessness** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “which leads to reckless behavior” or “because that will ruin you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
366 EPH 5 18 lgw3 ἀλλὰ πληροῦσθε ἐν Πνεύματι 1 Instead, be filled with the Spirit “Instead, you should be controlled by the Holy Spirit”
367 EPH 5 18 abe6 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Instead The connecting word **Instead** introduces a contrast relationship. Being drunk is in contrast to being filled with the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
368 EPH 5 19 egk6 figs-merism ψαλμοῖς, καὶ ὕμνοις, καὶ ᾠδαῖς πνευματικαῖς 1 psalms and hymns and spiritual songs Possible meanings are that: (1) Paul is using these words as a merism for “all sorts of songs to praise God” (2) Paul is listing specific forms of music. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) This could mean: (1) Paul is using these words as a merism for “all sorts of songs to praise God” (2) Paul is listing specific forms of music. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
369 EPH 5 19 n5jj ψαλμοῖς 1 psalms These are probably songs from the Old Testament book of Psalms that Christians sang.
370 EPH 5 19 g5ss ὕμνοις 1 hymns These are songs of praise and worship that may have been written specifically for Christians to sing.
371 EPH 5 19 v9ay figs-doublet ᾠδαῖς πνευματικαῖς 1 spiritual songs Possible meanings are: (1) these are songs that the Holy Spirit inspires a person to sing right at that moment (2) **spiritual songs** and “hymns” form a doublet. They mean basically the same thing, and you could use one word for these instead of two. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) This could mean: (1) these are songs that the Holy Spirit inspires a person to sing right at that moment (2) **spiritual songs** and “hymns” form a doublet. They mean basically the same thing, and you could use one word for these instead of two. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
372 EPH 5 19 v3ql figs-metonymy τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν 1 in your heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s thoughts or inner being. This could mean: (1) They should do this with true motives and sincerity. Alternate translation: “from deep within your being” or “sincerely” (2) They should do this with enthusiasm: Alternate translation: “with all of your being” or “enthusiastically” See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s thoughts or inner being. This could mean: (1) they should do this with true motives and sincerity. Alternate translation: “from deep within your being” or “sincerely” (2) they should do this with enthusiasm: Alternate translation: “with all of your being” or “enthusiastically” See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
373 EPH 5 20 e6w5 figs-metaphor ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ Here, **name** could mean: (1) This refers to Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “because you belong to our Lord Jesus Christ” (2) This refers to the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “with the authority of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **name** could refer to: (1) Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “because you belong to our Lord Jesus Christ” (2) the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “with the authority of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
374 EPH 5 20 abw5 τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί 1 to God, even the Father “to God, who is our father”
375 EPH 5 22 isd7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins to explain how Christians are to submit themselves to one another ([Ephesians 5:21](../05/21.md)). He starts with instructions to wives and husbands on how they should act toward each other.
376 EPH 5 23 abe7 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 For The connecting word **For** introduces the reason of a reason-result relationship. The reason is that the husband is head of the wife in the same way Christ is head of the church. The result is that wives should submit to their husbands. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
382 EPH 5 25 kp8k figs-metaphor ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς 1 for her Paul speaks of the assembly of believers as though it were a woman whom Jesus will marry. Alternate translation: “for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
383 EPH 5 26 abe9 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 so that The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of Christ giving himself up to death is to sanctify the church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
384 EPH 5 26 h6vx figs-metaphor αὐτὴν ἁγιάσῃ, καθαρίσας 1 he might sanctify her, having cleansed her Paul speaks of the assembly of believers as though it were a woman whom Jesus will marry. Alternate translation: “he might make us holy, having cleansed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
385 EPH 5 26 a9p5 figs-metaphor καθαρίσας τῷ λουτρῷ τοῦ ὕδατος ἐν ῥήματι 1 having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word Possible meanings are: (1) Paul is referring to God making Christ’s people clean by the preaching and acceptance of God’s **word** in the gospel message and through **water** baptism in Christ. (2) Paul speaks of God making us spiritually clean from our sins by the message as if God were making our bodies clean by washing them with **water**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) This could mean: (1) Paul is referring to God making Christ’s people clean by the preaching and acceptance of God’s **word** in the gospel message and through **water** baptism in Christ. (2) Paul is speaking of God making us spiritually clean from our sins by the message as if God were making our bodies clean by washing them with **water**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
386 EPH 5 27 abea grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 so that The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of Christ cleansing the church with the word is to present the church to himself as a glorious bride. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
387 EPH 5 27 d1sm figs-metaphor μὴ ἔχουσαν σπίλον, ἢ ῥυτίδα 1 not having stain or wrinkle Paul speaks of the church as though it were a garment that is clean and in perfect condition. Alternate translation: “not having any defect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
388 EPH 5 27 abcm figs-doublet μὴ ἔχουσαν σπίλον, ἢ ῥυτίδα 1 not having stain or wrinkle Here, **stain** and **wrinkle** represent the same idea of defect in two ways to emphasize the church’s purity. If your language does not have two different words, you can use one word for this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])

4
en_tn_53-1TH.tsv
View File

@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 1 4 xky4 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to give thanks for the believers at Thessalonica and praises them for their faith in God.
1TH 1 4 erb6 ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
1TH 1 5 ude4 οὐκ…ἐν λόγῳ μόνον 1 not in word only “not only in what we said”
1TH 1 5 h675 ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει, καὶ ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 but also in power, and in the Holy Spirit This could mean: (1) This refers to the **Holy Spirit** gave Paul and his companions the ability to preach the gospel powerfully. (2) This refers to the **Holy Spirit** made the preaching of the gospel have a powerful effect among the Thessalonian believers. (3) This refers to the **Holy Spirit** demonstrated the truth of the gospel preaching by means of miracles, signs, and wonders.
1TH 1 5 h675 ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει, καὶ ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 but also in power, and in the Holy Spirit This could mean: (1) the **Holy Spirit** gave Paul and his companions the ability to preach the gospel powerfully. (2) the **Holy Spirit** made the preaching of the gospel have a powerful effect among the Thessalonian believers. (3) the **Holy Spirit** demonstrated the truth of the gospel preaching by means of miracles, signs, and wonders.
1TH 1 5 t1w3 figs-abstractnouns πληροφορίᾳ πολλῇ 1 in much assurance The abstract noun **assurance** can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “God made you sure that it was true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TH 1 5 e889 οἷοι 1 what kind of men “how we conducted ourselves when”
1TH 1 6 cs49 ὑμεῖς μιμηταὶ…ἐγενήθητε 1 you became imitators To “imitate” means to act like or to copy the behavior of another.
@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 4 1 p4db figs-metaphor δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν 1 it is necessary for you to walk Here, **walk** is an expression for the way one is to live. Alternate translation: “you ought to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 4 2 vg16 figs-metaphor διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 through the Lord Jesus Paul speaks of his instructions as if they were given by **Jesus** himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 4 3 mw4j ἀπέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τῆς πορνείας 1 for you to keep from sexual immorality “for you to stay away from sexually immoral acts”
1TH 4 4 f4ux εἰδέναι…τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι 1 to know to possess his own vessel This could mean: (1) This refers to knowing how to live with his own wife. (2) This refers to knowing how to control his own body.
1TH 4 4 f4ux εἰδέναι…τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι 1 to know to possess his own vessel This could refer to: (1) knowing how to live with his own wife. (2) knowing how to control his own body.
1TH 4 5 x2t7 ἐν πάθει ἐπιθυμίας 1 in the passion of lust “with wrongful sexual desire”
1TH 4 6 a9st figs-doublet ὑπερβαίνειν καὶ πλεονεκτεῖν 1 transgress and wrong This is a doublet stating the same idea in two ways to reinforce the concept. Alternate translation: “do wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1TH 4 6 q7bf figs-explicit ἔκδικος Κύριος 1 the Lord is an avenger This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “the Lord will punish the one who transgressed and will defend the one who was wronged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
13 1TH 1 4 xky4 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to give thanks for the believers at Thessalonica and praises them for their faith in God.
14 1TH 1 4 erb6 ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
15 1TH 1 5 ude4 οὐκ…ἐν λόγῳ μόνον 1 not in word only “not only in what we said”
16 1TH 1 5 h675 ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει, καὶ ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 but also in power, and in the Holy Spirit This could mean: (1) This refers to the **Holy Spirit** gave Paul and his companions the ability to preach the gospel powerfully. (2) This refers to the **Holy Spirit** made the preaching of the gospel have a powerful effect among the Thessalonian believers. (3) This refers to the **Holy Spirit** demonstrated the truth of the gospel preaching by means of miracles, signs, and wonders. This could mean: (1) the **Holy Spirit** gave Paul and his companions the ability to preach the gospel powerfully. (2) the **Holy Spirit** made the preaching of the gospel have a powerful effect among the Thessalonian believers. (3) the **Holy Spirit** demonstrated the truth of the gospel preaching by means of miracles, signs, and wonders.
17 1TH 1 5 t1w3 figs-abstractnouns πληροφορίᾳ πολλῇ 1 in much assurance The abstract noun **assurance** can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “God made you sure that it was true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
18 1TH 1 5 e889 οἷοι 1 what kind of men “how we conducted ourselves when”
19 1TH 1 6 cs49 ὑμεῖς μιμηταὶ…ἐγενήθητε 1 you became imitators To “imitate” means to act like or to copy the behavior of another.
120 1TH 4 1 p4db figs-metaphor δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν 1 it is necessary for you to walk Here, **walk** is an expression for the way one is to live. Alternate translation: “you ought to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
121 1TH 4 2 vg16 figs-metaphor διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 through the Lord Jesus Paul speaks of his instructions as if they were given by **Jesus** himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
122 1TH 4 3 mw4j ἀπέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τῆς πορνείας 1 for you to keep from sexual immorality “for you to stay away from sexually immoral acts”
123 1TH 4 4 f4ux εἰδέναι…τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι 1 to know to possess his own vessel This could mean: (1) This refers to knowing how to live with his own wife. (2) This refers to knowing how to control his own body. This could refer to: (1) knowing how to live with his own wife. (2) knowing how to control his own body.
124 1TH 4 5 x2t7 ἐν πάθει ἐπιθυμίας 1 in the passion of lust “with wrongful sexual desire”
125 1TH 4 6 a9st figs-doublet ὑπερβαίνειν καὶ πλεονεκτεῖν 1 transgress and wrong This is a doublet stating the same idea in two ways to reinforce the concept. Alternate translation: “do wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
126 1TH 4 6 q7bf figs-explicit ἔκδικος Κύριος 1 the Lord is an avenger This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “the Lord will punish the one who transgressed and will defend the one who was wronged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

56
en_tn_55-1TI.tsv
View File

@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 1 5 mbe6 figs-metonymy ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας 1 from a pure heart Here, **pure** figuratively indicates that the person wants only good things and does not have mixed motives that also include some bad ones. Alternate translation: “from a desire for only what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TI 1 5 ar8t συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς 1 a good conscience Your translation should make it clear that love is the one goal of the command and is followed by three things that lead to this love. This is the second thing, after “a pure heart.” Alternate translation: “and from a conscience that leads a person to choose right instead of wrong”
1TI 1 5 m53g πίστεως ἀνυποκρίτου 1 a sincere faith This is the third thing that leads to love, which is the one goal of the command. It is not a third goal of the command. Alternate translations: “and from faith that is genuine” or “and from faith that is without hypocrisy”
1TI 1 5 zziu figs-abstractnouns πίστεως ἀνυποκρίτου 1 a sincere faith If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Here, **faith** could mean: (1) This refers to trust in God. (2) This refers to belief in true teaching about God. Alternate translations: “firmly trusting in God” or “sincerely believing the true message about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 1 5 zziu figs-abstractnouns πίστεως ἀνυποκρίτου 1 a sincere faith If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) trust in God. (2) belief in true teaching about God. Alternate translations: “firmly trusting in God” or “sincerely believing the true message about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 1 6 j4z3 figs-metaphor τινες ἀστοχήσαντες 1 some, having missed the mark Paul speaks figuratively of faith in Christ as if it were a target that people should aim at. Paul means that some people are not fulfilling the purpose of their faith, which is to love, as he has just explained. Alternate translation: “some people, who are not fulfilling the purpose of faith in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 1 6 se38 figs-metaphor ἐξετράπησαν εἰς 1 have turned away to Here, **turned away** figuratively means these people have stopped doing what God has commanded. Alternate translation: “are no longer doing what God commands. Instead of that, they just engage in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 1 7 v28u figs-explicit νομοδιδάσκαλοι 1 teachers of the law Here, **law** refers specifically to the law of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 1 13 nv6k figs-activepassive ἠλεήθην 1 I was shown mercy If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Jesus had mercy on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 1 14 t158 δὲ 1 Indeed Paul uses this word to introduce an expanded description of the way Jesus treated him mercifully even though he persecuted the followers of Jesus. This description will help Timothy and the other believers in Ephesus to understand how great the mercy of Jesus is. Alternate translation: “in fact”
1TI 1 14 c1lg figs-metaphor ὑπερεπλεόνασεν…ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 the grace of our Lord overflowed Paul speaks of the grace of Jesus as if it were a liquid that fills a container until it flows over the top. Alternate translation: “Jesus showed me unlimited grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 1 14 z5lv figs-idiom μετὰ πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 with the faith and love that are in Christ Jesus This could mean one of two things: (1) Paul could be referring to faith and love that he received from Jesus when he became **in** him, which would mean figuratively “in relationship with” him. Alternate translation: “and enabled me to trust him and love him” (2) Paul could be referring to the faith and love that Jesus himself possesses and could be saying that these were the basis of the mercy that Jesus showed him. Alternate translation: “because he believed in me and loved me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TI 1 14 z5lv figs-idiom μετὰ πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 with the faith and love that are in Christ Jesus This could refer to: (1) faith and love that he received from Jesus when he became **in** him, which would mean figuratively “in relationship with” him. Alternate translation: “and enabled me to trust him and love him” (2) the faith and love that Jesus himself possesses and could be saying that these were the basis of the mercy that Jesus showed him. Alternate translation: “because he believed in me and loved me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TI 1 15 z48s πιστὸς ὁ λόγος 1 This word is trustworthy In this context, the term **word** refers to an entire statement. Alternate translation: “this statement is dependable”
1TI 1 15 rh2r καὶ πάσης ἀποδοχῆς ἄξιος 1 and worthy of all acceptance If it would be clearer in your language, you could say who does this action. Alternate translations: “and we should believe it without any doubt” or “and we should have full confidence in it”
1TI 1 15 t163 figs-quotemarks Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς ἦλθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἁμαρτωλοὺς σῶσαι 1 Christ Jesus came into the world to save sinners Paul uses this phrase as a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers if you indicate this by setting off the words that follow, “Christ Jesus came into the world to save sinners,” with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language may use to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
@ -75,10 +75,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 1 18 b6uq figs-metaphor τέκνον 1 child Paul speaks of his close relationship to Timothy as though they were father and son. This shows Paul’s sincere love and approval of Timothy. It is also likely that Paul personally led Timothy to trust in Christ, and that would be another reason why Paul considered him to be like his own child. Alternate translation: “you who are like my very own child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 1 18 y6jg κατὰ τὰς προαγούσας ἐπὶ σὲ προφητείας 1 in accordance with the earlier prophecies about you If it would be clearer in your language, you could say who did this action. Alternate translation: “in agreement with what other believers prophesied about you”
1TI 1 18 w2ex figs-metaphor στρατεύῃ…τὴν καλὴν στρατείαν 1 fight the good fight Paul speaks figuratively about Timothy doing his best for the Lord as if he were a soldier fighting a battle. Alternate translation: “continue to do your best on behalf of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 1 19 jj6k figs-abstractnouns ἔχων πίστιν 1 holding faith If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a phrase that uses a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Here, **faith** could mean: (1) It refers to a relationship with Jesus. Alternate translation: “continue trusting in Jesus” (2) It refers to a belief in the message about Jesus. Alternate translation: “keep believing the true teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 1 19 jj6k figs-abstractnouns ἔχων πίστιν 1 holding faith If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a phrase that uses a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) a relationship with Jesus. Alternate translation: “continue trusting in Jesus” (2) a belief in the message about Jesus. Alternate translation: “keep believing the true teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 1 19 ly6q figs-abstractnouns ἀγαθὴν συνείδησιν 1 a good conscience See how you translated this in [1:5](../01/05.md). Alternate translation: “continuing to choose to do what is right instead of what is wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 1 19 h2wk figs-metaphor τινες…περὶ τὴν πίστιν ἐναυάγησαν 1 have shipwrecked regarding the faith Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were a ship that had sunk. He means that these people no longer believe in Jesus and no longer live as his followers. You could use this same figure, or a similar one from your culture, if your readers would understand this meaning. Otherwise, you could say as an alternative translation, “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 1 19 dyr6 figs-abstractnouns περὶ τὴν πίστιν 1 regarding the faith If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith**. Here, **faith** could mean: (1) This refers to a relationship with Jesus (or God). Alternate translation: “their relationship with Jesus” (2) This refers to the teachings about Jesus. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 1 19 dyr6 figs-abstractnouns περὶ τὴν πίστιν 1 regarding the faith If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith**. Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) a relationship with Jesus (or God). Alternate translation: “their relationship with Jesus” (2) the teachings about Jesus. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 1 20 pv7f translate-names Ὑμέναιος…Ἀλέξανδρος 1 Hymenaeus … Alexander These are names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1TI 1 20 ty7n figs-metaphor οὓς παρέδωκα τῷ Σατανᾷ 1 whom I have given over to Satan Paul speaks figuratively as if he physically took hold of these men and handed them to Satan. If this does not make sense in your language, you can state it plainly. Alternate translation: “I have allowed Satan to command them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 1 20 az10 figs-explicit οὓς παρέδωκα τῷ Σατανᾷ 1 This probably means that Paul expelled them from the community of believers. Since they are no longer a part of the community, Satan has access to them and can harm them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you may want to include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “I have allowed Satan to make them suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 2 7 qa8d figs-metaphor κῆρυξ 1 a herald Paul compares himself to a **herald** because God has sent him out to announce the gospel message. Alternate translation: “a preacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 2 7 hb97 ἐν Χριστῷ 1 “as a follower of Christ”
1TI 2 7 yllf ἀλήθειαν λέγω ἐν Χριστῷ, οὐ ψεύδομαι 1 I am speaking the truth in Christ, I am not lying In order to emphasize what he is saying, Paul says the same thing twice, first positively and then negatively. If this is confusing in your language, you can say this once. Alternate translation: “I am telling you the truth as a follower of Christ”
1TI 2 7 h18q διδάσκαλος ἐθνῶν ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 a teacher of the nations in faith and truth This could mean either of two things: (1) **faith and truth** could be describing the content of what Paul teaches. Alternate translation: “I teach the Gentiles the message of faith and truth” (2) **faith and truth** could also be describing Paul’s character as a teacher. Alternate translation: “a true and faithful teacher of the Gentiles”
1TI 2 7 h18q διδάσκαλος ἐθνῶν ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 a teacher of the nations in faith and truth Here, **faith and truth** could mean: (1) the content of what Paul teaches. Alternate translation: “I teach the Gentiles the message of faith and truth” (2) Paul’s character as a teacher. Alternate translation: “a true and faithful teacher of the Gentiles”
1TI 2 7 t201 figs-hendiadys διδάσκαλος ἐθνῶν ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 a teacher of the nations in faith and truth If this phrase has the second meaning that the previous note discusses, Paul may be using the two terms **faith** and **truth** together to express one idea. Alternate translation: “I teach the Gentiles about the true faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1TI 2 7 t202 ἐθνῶν 1 the nations This term refers to members of other people groups who are not Jewish. Alternate translations: “the Gentiles” or “non-Jewish people groups”
1TI 2 8 a841 figs-gendernotations τοὺς ἄνδρας ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ 1 the men in every place Here the word **men** refers specifically to males. The term is not generic, since Paul addresses women next. Alternate translations: “the males in all places” or “men everywhere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
@ -129,12 +129,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 2 14 t221 figs-abstractnouns ἐν παραβάσει γέγονεν 1 came into transgression If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract noun **transgression** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translations: “began to sin” or “began to disobey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 2 15 krx4 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Use a natural way in your language to indicate that this sentence provides a contrast to the previous sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1TI 2 15 t222 σωθήσεται 1 she will be saved Here, **she** likely refers to Eve, mentioned in the preceding verse, and whom Paul describes as “the woman.” “They,” later in the sentence, refers to women in general. To show how Paul shifts the topic from Eve, a representative woman, to all women, the word **she** could be translated here as “women.”
1TI 2 15 u8iv σωθήσεται…διὰ τῆς τεκνογονίας 1 she will be saved through childbearing This could mean one of three things: (1) It may be that people thought that women would be condemned because of Eve’s sin and punished even more than with the pain of childbearing (see Genesis 3:16), or they may have thought that a woman who believed in Jesus was no longer under the punishment that God gave in Genesis 3:16. Since the Greek word translated **through** can also mean “with” or “while,” Paul may be saying here that women continue to have the punishment of pain in childbirth but will be saved from additional punishment as long as they have faith in Jesus. (2) It may be that the women of the church in Ephesus were being led away from faith in Jesus by the false teachers (see 2 Timothy 3:6), so Paul is recommending that they focus on raising their families rather than listening to (or participating in) the “foolish talk” (1:6). (3) **Childbearing** could also be a reference to the birth of Jesus as a human child to be the Savior. Alternate translations: (1) “God will save women, although they do have to endure childbirth” (2) “God will save women as they attend to their families” or (3) “God will save women through Jesus, who was born as a child”
1TI 2 15 u8iv σωθήσεται…διὰ τῆς τεκνογονίας 1 she will be saved through childbearing This could mean: (1) people thought that women would be condemned because of Eve’s sin and punished even more than with the pain of childbearing (see Genesis 3:16), or they may have thought that a woman who believed in Jesus was no longer under the punishment that God gave in Genesis 3:16. Since the Greek word translated **through** can also mean “with” or “while,” Paul may be saying here that women continue to have the punishment of pain in childbirth but will be saved from additional punishment as long as they have faith in Jesus. Alternate translation: “God will save women, although they do have to endure childbirth” (2) the women of the church in Ephesus were being led away from faith in Jesus by the false teachers (see 2 Timothy 3:6), so Paul is recommending that they focus on raising their families rather than listening to (or participating in) the “foolish talk” (1:6). Alternate translation: “God will save women as they attend to their families” (3) a reference to the birth of Jesus as a human child to be the Savior. Alternate translation: “God will save women through Jesus, who was born as a child”
1TI 2 15 i0ap figs-synecdoche διὰ τῆς τεκνογονίας 1 If option number 2 from the previous note is correct, then Paul is figuratively referring to all of the aspects of motherhood by mentioning the beginning part of it: childbearing. Alternate translation: “as they attend to their families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1TI 2 15 n818 figs-activepassive σωθήσεται 1 she will be saved If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God will save women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 2 15 gh3c ἐὰν μείνωσιν 1 if they remain Here, **they** refers to women. Paul switches from the singular to the plural as he switches from talking about Eve as the representative of women to women in general. Alternate translation: “if women continue living”
1TI 2 15 sl57 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πίστει, καὶ ἀγάπῃ, καὶ ἁγιασμῷ 1 in faith and love and holiness If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **faith**, **love**, and **holiness** with verbs. Alternate translation: “trusting Jesus, loving others, and living in a holy way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 2 15 dcf3 figs-idiom μετὰ σωφροσύνης 1 with self-control Possible meanings of this expression here are: (1) “with good judgment,” (2) “with modesty,” or (3) “with clear thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TI 2 15 dcf3 figs-idiom μετὰ σωφροσύνης 1 with self-control This could mean: (1) with good judgment. (2) with modesty. (3) with clear thinking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TI 3 intro d9db 0 # 1 Timothy 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>[3:16](../03/16.md) was probably a song, poem, or creed the early church used to express what it understood to be the meaning of who Jesus was and what he did.<br><br>### Overseers and deacons<br><br>The church has used different titles for church leaders. Some titles include elder, pastor, and bishop. The word “overseer” reflects the Greek term in verses 1-2, which means literally an “over-seer.” The word “bishop” is derived directly from the letters of this Greek term. Paul writes about another kind of church leader, a “deacon,” in verses 8 and 12.<br><br>### Character qualities<br><br>This chapter lists several qualities that an overseer or deacon in the church must have. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 3 1 t227 πιστὸς ὁ λόγος 1 This word is trustworthy As in [1:15](../01/15.md), in this context the term **word** has a meaning more like “statement” or “message.” Alternate translation: “this statement is dependable”
1TI 3 1 t228 figs-quotemarks πιστὸς ὁ λόγος 1 This word is trustworthy Paul uses this phrase to introduce a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers if you indicate this by setting off the words that follow in the rest of the verse with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language may use to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 3 3 c2c7 μὴ πάροινον, μὴ πλήκτην, ἀλλὰ ἐπιεικῆ, ἄμαχον 1 not a drunkard, not a brawler, but gentle, peaceful Alternate translation: “he must not drink alcohol to excess, and he must not fight and argue, but instead, he must be gentle and peaceful”
1TI 3 3 pc2g figs-metaphor ἀφιλάργυρον 1 not money-loving If the expression **loving** money would not convey the idea of something inappropriate in your language, it might be helpful to use a term that expresses the idea of “greed.” Alternate translation: “not greedy for money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 3 4 a8gu προϊστάμενον 1 managing Alternate translations: “he should lead” or “he should take care of”
1TI 3 4 w3un ἐν ὑποταγῇ, μετὰ πάσης σεμνότητος 1 in obedience with all honor This could mean one of several things: (1) The overseer’s children should obey their father and show respect to him. Alternate translation: “who obey him completely respectfully” (2) The overseer’s children should show respect to everyone. Alternate translation: “who obey him and show respect to everyone” or (3) The overseer should show respect to those in his household as he leads them. Alternate translation: “who obey him as he treats them with respect”
1TI 3 4 w3un ἐν ὑποταγῇ, μετὰ πάσης σεμνότητος 1 in obedience with all honor This could mean: (1) the overseer’s children should obey their father and show respect to him. Alternate translation: “who obey him completely respectfully” (2) the overseer’s children should show respect to everyone. Alternate translation: “who obey him and show respect to everyone” or (3) the overseer should show respect to those in his household as he leads them. Alternate translation: “who obey him as he treats them with respect”
1TI 3 5 n5lt figs-rquestion εἰ δέ τις τοῦ ἰδίου οἴκου προστῆναι οὐκ οἶδεν, πῶς ἐκκλησίας Θεοῦ ἐπιμελήσεται? 1 for if someone does not know how to manage his own household, how will he take care of the church of God? Paul is making a statement, not actually asking a question. He does not expect Timothy to explain how a man who could not manage his own household could take care of God’s church. Instead, Paul is using the question form to emphasize how important it is for an overseer to demonstrate faithfulness in his personal life before assuming a leadership role in the church. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I say this because a man who is not able to manage his own household will certainly not be able to take care of the church of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1TI 3 5 c814 figs-metonymy ἐκκλησίας Θεοῦ 1 the church of God Here the term **church** refers to a local group of God’s people, not to a building. Alternate translations: “a group of God’s people” or “a local gathering of believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TI 3 6 q7hu μὴ νεόφυτον 1 not a new convert Alternate translations: “he should not be still just learning the faith” or “he must be mature from a long, steady growth in the faith”
@ -163,20 +163,20 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 3 9 rfv7 figs-abstractnouns τὸ μυστήριον τῆς πίστεως 1 the mystery of the faith Here, **faith** refers to the content of the **mystery**, that is, the specific things that God has revealed and that followers of Jesus must believe. Alternate translation: “the teachings that God has revealed to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 3 9 y91f figs-metaphor ἐν καθαρᾷ συνειδήσει 1 with a clean conscience Paul speaks figuratively of a person’s sense of right and wrong being **clean**, which means that it assures that person that he has done nothing wrong. Alternate translation: “knowing that they are not doing anything wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 3 10 hl1p figs-activepassive καὶ οὗτοι…δοκιμαζέσθωσαν πρῶτον 1 let them also be tested first If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would the action. Alternate translations: “the leaders should observe and approve of them first” or “they should first prove themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 3 11 xyc9 γυναῖκας 1 the women This could mean one of two things: (1) Alternate translation: “deacons’ wives” (2) Alternate translation: “female deacons”
1TI 3 11 xyc9 γυναῖκας 1 the women This could mean: (1) deacons’ wives. (2) female deacons.
1TI 3 11 q5qx σεμνάς 1 dignified Alternate translations: “people who act properly” or “people who are worthy of respect”
1TI 3 11 a12k μὴ διαβόλους 1 not slanderers Alternate translation: “they must not say malicious things about other people”
1TI 3 11 akm5 νηφαλίους 1 sober See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “not doing anything to excess.”
1TI 3 12 wji2 μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἄνδρες 1 husbands of one wife See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translations: (1) “not married to more than one woman” (2) “faithful to their wives”
1TI 3 12 wji2 μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἄνδρες 1 husbands of one wife See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translations: “not married to more than one woman” or “faithful to their wives”
1TI 3 12 dv31 τέκνων καλῶς προϊστάμενοι καὶ τῶν ἰδίων οἴκων 1 managing their own children and households well Alternate translation: “taking proper care of their children and their personal affairs”
1TI 3 13 rfq2 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For Paul uses this word to introduce what the results will be if people with the qualifications he has just described are chosen as church leaders. Alternate translation: “After all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TI 3 13 t259 οἱ…καλῶς διακονήσαντες 1 those having served well This could refer either to deacons, whom Paul has just discussed, or to overseers as well, as a conclusion to Paul’s entire discussion of church leaders. Alternate translations: “deacons who serve well” or “church leaders who serve well”
1TI 3 13 cv34 βαθμὸν…καλὸν 1 a good standing This could mean one of two things. Alternate translations: (1) “an honorable position” (2) “a good reputation”
1TI 3 13 m684 καὶ πολλὴν παρρησίαν ἐν πίστει τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 much confidence in the faith that is in Christ Jesus This could mean one of two things. Alternate translations: (1) “and they will speak more confidently to other people about believing in Jesus” (2) “and they will trust in Jesus with even more confidence”
1TI 3 13 cv34 βαθμὸν…καλὸν 1 a good standing This could mean: (1) an honorable position. (2) a good reputation.
1TI 3 13 m684 καὶ πολλὴν παρρησίαν ἐν πίστει τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 much confidence in the faith that is in Christ Jesus This could mean: (1) they will speak more confidently to other people about believing in Jesus. (2) they will trust in Jesus with even more confidence.
1TI 3 14 t262 figs-idiom ἐν τάχει 1 in quickness This expression describes Paul’s haste and urgency. Alternate translation: “as soon as I can” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TI 3 14 zzzu figs-go ἐλθεῖν 1 to come In some languages it is more natural to say “go” here, rather than **come**. Alternate translation: “to go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
1TI 3 15 z9z8 ἐὰν δὲ βραδύνω 1 but if I delay This does not imply that Paul might choose to take his time rather than hurrying. Alternate translations: “but in case I cannot get there soon” or “but if something prevents me from getting there soon”
1TI 3 15 p9u4 ἵνα εἰδῇς πῶς δεῖ ἐν οἴκῳ Θεοῦ ἀναστρέφεσθαι 1 so that you may know how one ought to behave in the household of God Paul speaks of the group of believers as a family because God adopts each believer as a son or daughter through Christ. Possible meanings here are: (1) Paul is referring to the believers in general. Alternate translation: “so that you all may know how to conduct yourselves as members of God’s family” (2) Paul is referring specifically to Timothy’s behavior in the church. Alternate translation: “so that you may know how to conduct yourself as a member of God’s family”
1TI 3 15 p9u4 ἵνα εἰδῇς πῶς δεῖ ἐν οἴκῳ Θεοῦ ἀναστρέφεσθαι 1 so that you may know how one ought to behave in the household of God Paul speaks of the group of believers as a family because God adopts each believer as a son or daughter through Christ. This could refer to: (1) the believers in general. Alternate translation: “so that you all may know how to conduct yourselves as members of God’s family” (2) Timothy’s behavior in the church. Alternate translation: “so that you may know how to conduct yourself as a member of God’s family”
1TI 3 15 wzk3 figs-distinguish οἴκῳ Θεοῦ…ἥτις ἐστὶν ἐκκλησία Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 the household of God, which is the church of the living God This phrase gives us further information about **the household of God**. It is not making a distinction between a household of God that is the church and one that is not the church. Alternate translation: “household of God, by which I mean the community of people who believe in the living God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
1TI 3 15 cd5r figs-metaphor στῦλος καὶ ἑδραίωμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 a pillar and support of the truth Paul speaks of the truth as if it were a building and of the community of believers as if they were helping to hold up that building. Alternate translation: “which helps to proclaim God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 3 15 t267 figs-doublet στῦλος καὶ ἑδραίωμα 1 a pillar and support The terms **pillar** and **support** mean basically the same thing. They are architectural features that hold up parts of buildings. Paul uses the terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them into an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “which helps promote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 4 1 jzr9 δὲ 1 Now Paul uses this word to introduce background information that will help Timothy and the believers in Ephesus understand the next part of his letter. The false teachings that Timothy must oppose are something that the Spirit has already predicted. You can translate the term with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance.
1TI 4 1 b739 figs-idiom ἐν ὑστέροις καιροῖς 1 in later times This expression refers to the time period when God’s purposes in history are approaching their culmination and so the evil opposition to them increases. Paul is probably referring to the time period between Jesus’ resurrection and his second coming. Alternate translation: “in these days as God’s purposes advance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TI 4 1 b931 figs-metaphor ἀποστήσονταί τινες τῆς πίστεως 1 some will leave the faith Paul speaks of people ceasing to trust in Christ as if they were physically leaving a place. Alternate translation: “some people will stop trusting in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 4 1 hw98 figs-abstractnouns ἀποστήσονταί τινες τῆς πίστεως 1 some will leave the faith Here, **faith** could mean: (1) This refers to the teachings about Jesus. Alternate translation: (1) “some people will stop believing the teachings about Jesus” (2) This refers to trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “some people will stop trusting in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 4 1 hw98 figs-abstractnouns ἀποστήσονταί τινες τῆς πίστεως 1 some will leave the faith Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) the teachings about Jesus. Alternate translation: “some people will stop believing the teachings about Jesus” (2) trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “some people will stop trusting in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 4 1 q13m προσέχοντες 1 attending to Alternate translations: “and turn their attention to” or “because they are paying attention to”
1TI 4 1 ae5w figs-doublet πνεύμασι πλάνοις καὶ διδασκαλίαις δαιμονίων 1 deceiving spirits and teachings of demons These two phrases mean similar things. Paul may be using them together for emphasis. If you think having both phrases in your translation might be confusing for your readers, you could combine them into a single expression. Alternate translation: “the things that evil spirits say to trick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1TI 4 2 pw29 ἐν ὑποκρίσει ψευδολόγων 1 in false-speaking hypocrisy If it would be clearer in your language, you could start a separate sentence here. Alternate translation: “The people who teach these things are hypocrites, and they tell lies”
@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 4 7 sea5 figs-metaphor γύμναζε…σεαυτὸν πρὸς εὐσέβειαν 1 train yourself for godliness Paul tells Timothy figuratively to work to develop godly character as if he were an athlete improving his physical conditioning. Alternate translation: “diligently practice acting in ways that please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 4 8 t311 figs-quotemarks γὰρ 1 for What follows after this word is a direct quotation of a saying that Paul uses for teaching. It may be helpful to your readers if you indicate this by setting off the words that follow in the rest of the verse with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language may use to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
1TI 4 8 i6rh σωματικὴ γυμνασία 1 bodily training Alternate translation: “physical exercise”
1TI 4 8 t313 πρὸς ὀλίγον ἐστὶν ὠφέλιμος 1 is valuable for a little This could mean one of three things. Alternate translations: (1) “has some small value” (2) “has value for a little while” or (3) “does not have very much value”
1TI 4 8 t313 πρὸς ὀλίγον ἐστὶν ὠφέλιμος 1 is valuable for a little This could mean: (1) it has some small value. (2) it has value for a little while. (3) it does not have very much value.
1TI 4 8 df19 ἐπαγγελίαν ἔχουσα 1 having promise for Alternate translation: “will bring benefits”
1TI 4 9 t315 πιστὸς ὁ λόγος 1 That word is trustworthy As in [1:15](../01/15.md) and [3:1](../03/01.md), in this context, the term **word** means “statement” or “saying.” (Paul is referring to the entire saying that he quoted in the previous verse.) Alternate translation: “this statement is dependable”
1TI 4 9 hc1t καὶ πάσης ἀποδοχῆς ἄξιος 1 and worthy of all acceptance See how you translated this in [1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translations: “and we should believe it without any doubt” or “and we should have full confidence in it”
@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 4 15 merc figs-explicit σου ἡ προκοπὴ 1 your progress If it is helpful in your language, you may want to make explicit in what way Timothy is to make **progress**. Alternate translation: “your increasing ability to live the way that Jesus wants you to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 4 16 uq6c ἔπεχε σεαυτῷ καὶ τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 Pay attention to yourself and to the teaching Alternate translation: “Pay attention to how you live and to what you teach”
1TI 4 16 zxe7 ἐπίμενε αὐτοῖς 1 Continue in these things Alternate translation: “continue to do these things”
1TI 4 16 u7ez καὶ σεαυτὸν σώσεις καὶ τοὺς ἀκούοντάς σου 1 you will save both yourself and your listeners Possible meanings are: (1) Timothy will save himself and those who hear him from God’s judgment (2) Timothy will protect himself and those who hear him from the influence of false teachers. Perhaps Paul means both things since, if Timothy can persuade the people of the church in Ephesus not to listen to the false teachers, then he will also spare them from God’s judgment for the wrong things they would have done if they had listened to those teachers. Alternate translation: “you will keep both yourself and your listeners from believing and doing the wrong things”
1TI 4 16 u7ez καὶ σεαυτὸν σώσεις καὶ τοὺς ἀκούοντάς σου 1 you will save both yourself and your listeners This could mean: (1) Timothy will save himself and those who hear him from God’s judgment (2) Timothy will protect himself and those who hear him from the influence of false teachers. Perhaps Paul means both things since, if Timothy can persuade the people of the church in Ephesus not to listen to the false teachers, then he will also spare them from God’s judgment for the wrong things they would have done if they had listened to those teachers. Alternate translation: “you will keep both yourself and your listeners from believing and doing the wrong things”
1TI 5 intro jx4e 0 # 1 Timothy 5 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Honor and respect<br><br>Paul encourages younger Christians to honor and respect older Christians. Cultures honor and respect older people in different ways.<br><br>### Widows<br><br>In the ancient Near East, it was important to care for widows because they could not provide for themselves.<br><br>### Variation in names<br><br>In this chapter, as in chapter 4, Paul speaks of church leaders called “elders.” Here, as well, they seem to be the same kind of leaders that he calls “overseers” in chapter 3.
1TI 5 1 wt5y figs-you 0 General Information: Paul was giving these commands to one person, Timothy. Languages that have different forms of “you” or different forms for commands would use the singular form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1TI 5 1 l4w5 πρεσβυτέρῳ μὴ ἐπιπλήξῃς 1 Do not rebuke an older man Alternate translation: “do not reprimand an older man”
@ -262,9 +262,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 5 3 smp5 figs-idiom χήρας τίμα 1 Honor widows This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “provide for widows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TI 5 3 qc6s τὰς ὄντως χήρας 1 real widows Alternate translation: “widows who have no one else to provide for them”
1TI 5 4 vv64 τέκνα ἢ ἔκγονα 1 children or grandchildren Here these **children** and **grandchildren** are adults who are able to care for others, not young children.
1TI 5 4 w38h πρῶτον 1 first This could mean one of two things, or possibly both: (1) It could mean that, of all of their religious duties, taking care of their family is the most important one and the one that they should learn to do before anything else. Alternate translation: “as the most basic part of belonging to God’s people” (2) It could mean that these children and grandchildren should be the first ones to take care of their family members, before the rest of the congregation. Alternate translation: “before the church offers any support”
1TI 5 4 w38h πρῶτον 1 first This could mean one of two things, or possibly both: (1) of all of their religious duties, taking care of their family is the most important one and the one that they should learn to do before anything else. Alternate translation: “as the most basic part of belonging to God’s people” (2) these children and grandchildren should be the first ones to take care of their family members, before the rest of the congregation. Alternate translation: “before the church offers any support”
1TI 5 4 fnab μανθανέτωσαν…εὐσεβεῖν 1 let them learn to honor Here, **learn** means to practice, that is, to learn by doing. Alternate translation: “let them become proficient in honoring”
1TI 5 4 t344 figs-parallelism μανθανέτωσαν…τὸν ἴδιον οἶκον εὐσεβεῖν, καὶ ἀμοιβὰς ἀποδιδόναι τοῖς προγόνοις 1 let them learn to honor their own household and to make repayment to their forebears There are two possible meanings here: (1) These two phrases may mean similar things and you could combine them if that would be clearer in your language. If **honor** is an idiom for “provide” here, as in the previous verse, then Paul may be using repetition for emphasis. Alternate translation: “let them provide the support that their widowed mother or grandmother needs and deserves” (2) However, there may be a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. Paul may actually be giving two reasons why people should support their widowed mothers or grandmothers. Alternate translation: “this is a respectful thing to do for widowed family members, and it will repay them for supporting their children and grandchildren as they were growing up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1TI 5 4 t344 figs-parallelism μανθανέτωσαν…τὸν ἴδιον οἶκον εὐσεβεῖν, καὶ ἀμοιβὰς ἀποδιδόναι τοῖς προγόνοις 1 let them learn to honor their own household and to make repayment to their forebears These two phrases may: (1) mean similar things and you could combine them if that would be clearer in your language. If **honor** is an idiom for “provide” here, as in the previous verse, then Paul may be using repetition for emphasis. Alternate translation: “let them provide the support that their widowed mother or grandmother needs and deserves” (2) have a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. Paul may actually be giving two reasons why people should support their widowed mothers or grandmothers. Alternate translation: “this is a respectful thing to do for widowed family members, and it will repay them for supporting their children and grandchildren as they were growing up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1TI 5 4 g5mu figs-metonymy τὸν ἴδιον οἶκον 1 their own household Paul uses this phrase figuratively to refer to family members, by association to the way they live in the same house. Alternate translations: “their own family members” or “those living in their homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TI 5 4 q5c8 ἀμοιβὰς ἀποδιδόναι τοῖς προγόνοις 1 make repayment to their forebears Alternate translation: “let them do good to their mother or grandmother in return for the good things their parents and grandparents gave them”
1TI 5 4 t347 grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 for Paul uses this term to introduce an additional reason why family members should support their widowed mothers or grandmothers. Alternate translation: “also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 5 9 s8ql figs-activepassive χήρα καταλεγέσθω 1 Let a widow be enrolled If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “have the church put a widow on the register” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 5 9 khe1 figs-explicit χήρα καταλεγέσθω 1 There seems to have been a list of widows who had no family to help them. The church members met these women’s needs for food, clothing, and shelter, and these women then devoted their lives to serving the Christian community. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “have the church put a woman on the list of widows who truly need help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 5 9 i27x figs-litotes μὴ ἔλαττον ἐτῶν ἑξήκοντα γεγονυῖα 1 being not less than sixty years old Paul is using a figure of speech here that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “if she is at least sixty years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
1TI 5 9 q9dj figs-idiom ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς γυνή 1 a wife of one husband Like the similar expression in [3:2](../03/02.md), this means that she has only one husband, and may also means that she was only married once. (If it means the second possibility, it is not clear whether Paul means to exclude women who were married more than once and widowed each time, or more specifically women who divorced their husbands and married other men.) Alternate translations: (1) “she was always faithful to her husband” (2) “she had one husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TI 5 9 q9dj figs-idiom ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς γυνή 1 a wife of one husband Like the similar expression in [3:2](../03/02.md), this could mean: (1) she has only one husband. Alternate translation: “she was always faithful to her husband” (2) she was only married once. If it means this second possibility, it is not clear whether Paul means to exclude women who were married more than once and widowed each time, or more specifically women who divorced their husbands and married other men. Alternate translation: “she had one husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TI 5 10 l8nm figs-activepassive ἐν ἔργοις καλοῖς μαρτυρουμένη 1 attested in good works If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “people must be able to attest to her good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 5 10 mik7 ἐξενοδόχησεν 1 has received strangers Alternate translations: “has welcomed strangers into her home” or “practiced hospitality”
1TI 5 10 ygl3 translate-symaction ἁγίων πόδας ἔνιψεν 1 has washed the feet of the saints In this culture, people walked barefoot or in sandals on roads that were dusty or muddy, so washing their feet once they entered a home was a way of helping them be comfortable and clean. If the people of your culture would not be familiar with this practice, you could use a general expression instead. Alternate translation: “has cared for believers who visited her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 5 13 t376 περιερχόμεναι τὰς οἰκίας 1 going around houses Alternate translation: “going from house to house”
1TI 5 13 nll4 figs-doublet φλύαροι καὶ περίεργοι, λαλοῦσαι τὰ μὴ δέοντα 1 babblers and busybodies, saying what they should not These three phrases may be ways of speaking about the same activity. Paul may be using repetition to emphasize that these women should not be looking into the private lives of people and telling about them to others who would be no better off after hearing this gossip. If you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine these phrases into a single one. Alternate translation: “people who interfere openly in other people’s business” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) (A doublet can consist of more than two terms.)
1TI 5 13 cym5 φλύαροι 1 babblers Alternate translation: “people who talk nonsense”
1TI 5 14 u94k τῷ ἀντικειμένῳ 1 the one opposing This expression could refer by implication to: (1) This refers to Satan (that is the reading of UST). Alternate translation: “the devil” (2) This refers collectively to unbelievers who are opposing the followers of Jesus. Alternate translation: “unbelievers who are opposing you”
1TI 5 14 u94k τῷ ἀντικειμένῳ 1 the one opposing This expression could refer by implication to: (1) This could refer to: (1) Satan. This is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “the devil” (2) unbelievers who are opposing the followers of Jesus. Alternate translation: “unbelievers who are opposing you”
1TI 5 15 fy54 figs-metaphor ἐξετράπησαν ὀπίσω τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 having … turned aside after Satan Paul speaks of living in faithfulness to Christ as if it were a path that one can either follow or turn aside from. He means that some younger widows have stopped obeying Jesus and have started to do what Satan would want them to do instead. Alternate translation: “have stopped living in obedience to Jesus and have decided to obey Satan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 5 16 g8k5 figs-nominaladj τις πιστὴ 1 any believing woman Paul is using this participle, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “any woman who believes in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1TI 5 16 mf4s figs-explicit ἔχει χήρας 1 has widows The implication is that she has widows within her extended family. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has relatives who are widows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 5 16 t384 figs-activepassive καὶ μὴ βαρείσθω ἡ ἐκκλησία 1 let the church not be weighed down If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translations: “so that the church will not have more work than it can do” or “so that the Christian community will not have to support widows whose families could provide for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 5 16 d35m ὄντως χήραις 1 genuine widows Alternate translation: “widows who have no one else to provide for them”
1TI 5 17 u93q figs-activepassive οἱ καλῶς προεστῶτες πρεσβύτεροι…ἀξιούσθωσαν 1 The elders having ruled well, let them be considered worthy If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “All believers should consider elders who are good leaders to be deserving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 5 17 wp9d figs-abstractnouns διπλῆς τιμῆς 1 of double honor Here, **double honor** could mean: (1) The congregation should honor the elders in two ways. Alternate translation: “of both respect and payment for their work” (2) They should honor them twice as much as others. Since Paul quotes two Scriptures in the next verse that support the idea of church leaders being paid for their work, the first possibility is more likely. Alternate translation: “of more respect than others receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 5 17 wp9d figs-abstractnouns διπλῆς τιμῆς 1 of double honor Here, **double honor** could mean: (1) the congregation should honor the elders in two ways. Alternate translation: “of both respect and payment for their work” (2) they should honor them twice as much as others. Since Paul quotes two Scriptures in the next verse that support the idea of church leaders being paid for their work, the first possibility is more likely. Alternate translation: “of more respect than others receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 5 17 r8ew figs-nominaladj οἱ κοπιῶντες 1 the ones toiling Paul is using the participle **toiling**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to refer to members of a class of people that it describes. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “elders who labor diligently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1TI 5 17 t389 figs-hendiadys ἐν λόγῳ καὶ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 in the word and in teaching This phrase may be expressing a single idea by using two phrases (which are actually just two words in Greek) connected with **and**. The phrase **in the word** would be identifying the content of the **teaching**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “at teaching from the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1TI 5 17 t390 figs-metonymy λόγῳ 1 the word Paul may be using the term **word** here figuratively to describe the Scriptures, which God inspired people to put into words. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 5 19 af68 grammar-connect-exceptions κατηγορίαν μὴ παραδέχου, ἐκτὸς εἰ 1 do not receive an accusation, except if If, in your language, it would appear that Paul was making a statement and then contradicting it, you could reword this statement to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only believe that an accusation is true if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
1TI 5 19 t399 figs-ellipsis ἐπὶ δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων 1 on two or three witnesses Here, **on** stands for the concept of “relying on.” You may need to use a more complete phrase in your language. Alternate translations: “you are relying on the testimony of two or three people” or “at least two people give evidence for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1TI 5 19 kmy5 δύο ἢ τριῶν 1 two or three Alternate translations: “at least two” or “two or more”
1TI 5 20 m4uh figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας 1 the ones sinning Paul is using this participle, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate it with a noun phrase. There are two possibilities here: (1) This could refer to any believers who are sinning. (2) Paul could still be talking about elders. Alternate translations: (1) “believers who are sinning” (2) “elders who are doing wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1TI 5 20 m4uh figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας 1 the ones sinning Paul is using this participle, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate it with a noun phrase. This could refer to: (1) any believers who are sinning. Alternate translation: “believers who are sinning” (2) elders. Alternate translation: “elders who are doing wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1TI 5 20 db63 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον…πάντων 1 before all Paul uses the expression **before** to mean “in front of.” Alternate translations: “where everyone can see” or “in public” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 5 20 ql4m figs-explicit ἵνα καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ φόβον ἔχωσιν 1 so that the rest also may have fear If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say what, by implication, people will be afraid of doing. Alternate translation: “so that other people will be afraid to sin themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 5 20 t404 figs-idiom φόβον ἔχωσιν 1 may have fear This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “will be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -336,8 +336,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 5 22 pyl8 figs-explicit μηδὲ κοινώνει ἁμαρτίαις ἀλλοτρίαις 1 nor share in the sins of others The implication in context may be that if Timothy appoints a person to leadership before they are ready or without ensuring that their character is exemplary, then Timothy will bear some responsibility for that person’s ultimate failure as a leader, or he will appear to have approved of the person’s sins, once they are uncovered. Alternate translation: “so that you do not become responsible for the moral and leadership failures of others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 5 23 xl32 figs-explicit οἴνῳ ὀλίγῳ χρῶ 1 use a little wine Paul is telling Timothy to use wine specifically as medicine. The water in that area was impure and often caused sickness. Alternate translation: “in addition, you should drink some wine from time to time as medicine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 5 24 uk56 figs-gendernotations τινῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 of some men Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of some people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1TI 5 24 ug1z figs-personification πρόδηλοί εἰσιν, προάγουσαι εἰς κρίσιν 1 are evident, going ahead into judgment Paul speaks of sins as if they could move on their own ahead of a person to the place where that person will be judged for committing them. Here, **judgment** could mean: (1) This refers to the judgment when the sinner stands before God on the last day. Alternate translation: “are so obvious that everyone knows they are guilty long before God declares them guilty” (2) This refers to judgment before the church. Alternate translation: “are clear to everyone, even before the church leaders confront them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1TI 5 24 i1c6 figs-personification τισὶν δὲ καὶ ἐπακολουθοῦσιν 1 but they also follow after some Paul speaks once again of sins as if they could move on their own. As in the previous clause, this could mean: (1) This refers to judgment by God. Alternate translation: “but the sins of other people do not become evident until God judges them” (2) This refers to judgment by the church. Alternate translation: “but the sins of some people remain hidden for a long time” This latter alternative also allows the possibility that Paul is referring to judgment by God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1TI 5 24 ug1z figs-personification πρόδηλοί εἰσιν, προάγουσαι εἰς κρίσιν 1 are evident, going ahead into judgment Paul speaks of sins as if they could move on their own ahead of a person to the place where that person will be judged for committing them. Here, **judgment** could refer to: (1) the judgment when the sinner stands before God on the last day. Alternate translation: “are so obvious that everyone knows they are guilty long before God declares them guilty” (2) judgment before the church. Alternate translation: “are clear to everyone, even before the church leaders confront them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1TI 5 24 i1c6 figs-personification τισὶν δὲ καὶ ἐπακολουθοῦσιν 1 but they also follow after some Paul speaks once again of sins as if they could move on their own. As in the previous clause, this could refer to: (1) judgment by God. Alternate translation: “but the sins of other people do not become evident until God judges them” (2) judgment by the church. Alternate translation: “but the sins of some people remain hidden for a long time” This latter alternative also allows the possibility that Paul is referring to judgment by God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1TI 5 25 pd8v figs-explicit καὶ τὰ ἔργα τὰ καλὰ πρόδηλα 1 good works are also evident Implicitly, here Paul does not mean all good works, since in the rest of the sentence he speaks of some good works that are not evident. Alternate translation: “most good works are also obvious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 5 25 qlu5 figs-explicit τὰ ἔργα τὰ καλὰ 1 good works The implication is that these works are considered **good** because they are consistent with God’s character, purposes, and will. Alternate translation: “actions that God approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 5 25 bl51 figs-metaphor καὶ τὰ ἄλλως ἔχοντα, κρυβῆναι οὐ δύναταί 1 and the ones having otherwise are not able to be hidden Paul speaks of good works as if they were objects that someone could hide. Alternate translation: “and people will find out later about even those good deeds that are not obvious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -351,10 +351,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 6 1 xb92 figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the name of God Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to the fame or reputation of a person. Alternate translations: “God’s character” or “God’s reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TI 6 1 f5pc figs-explicit ἡ διδασκαλία 1 the teaching Implicitly Paul means the teaching about Jesus and about how his followers should live. Alternate translation: “our teaching about how believers should live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 6 2 fvv7 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί εἰσιν 1 they are brothers Here, **brothers** figuratively means fellow believers in Jesus, whether male or female. Alternate translation: “they are fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1TI 6 2 nmh9 καὶ ἀγαπητοὶ 1 beloved This could mean: (1) God loves these people. Alternate translation: “whom God loves” (2) Other believers love these people, or both. Alternate translation: “and so their believing slaves should love them”
1TI 6 2 nmh9 καὶ ἀγαπητοὶ 1 beloved This could have either, or both, meanings: (1) God loves these people. Alternate translation: “whom God loves” (2) other believers love these people. Alternate translation: “and so their believing slaves should love them”
1TI 6 3 t430 figs-metonymy ὑγιαίνουσι λόγοις 1 to the healthy words See how you translated the term **healthy** in [1:10](../01/10.md). Here, as well, it is a figurative way to say that the teaching is good and reliable in every way and has no defect or corruption. A person with a healthy mind would recognize this teaching as correct. Alternate translations: “to the correct words” or “to the true expression of our faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TI 6 3 t431 figs-metonymy ὑγιαίνουσι λόγοις 1 to the healthy words Paul uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the verbal expression of what followers of Jesus genuinely believe. Alternate translation: “the true expression of our faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TI 6 3 sshf τοῖς τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 This could mean: (1) This refers to the message about the Lord Jesus. (2) This refers to words spoken by the Lord Jesus.
1TI 6 3 sshf τοῖς τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 This could refer to: (1) the message about the Lord Jesus. (2) words spoken by the Lord Jesus.
1TI 6 4 pn8n figs-metaphor τετύφωται 1 he is puffed up Paul speaks figuratively of a person who is excessively proud as if they were inflated with air. See how you translated this in [3:6](../03/06.md). Alternate translation: “that person is excessively proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 6 4 t433 figs-activepassive τετύφωται 1 he is puffed up If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that person is excessively proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 6 4 t434 figs-gendernotations τετύφωται 1 he is puffed up Here, **he** refers to anyone in general who teaches what is not correct. Alternate translation: “that person is excessively proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 6 10 a1fx figs-metaphor ἑαυτοὺς περιέπειραν ὀδύναις πολλαῖς 1 have pierced themselves with many sorrows Paul speaks about grief as if it were a sword that people use to stab themselves. Alternate translation: “have experienced great sorrows in their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 6 11 tp97 ὦ ἄνθρωπε Θεοῦ 1 O man of God Alternate translations: “you servant of God” or “you person who belongs to God”
1TI 6 11 h9c6 figs-metaphor ταῦτα φεῦγε 1 flee these things Paul speaks of these temptations and sins as if they were things a person could physically run away from. Alternate translation: “make sure that you do not do these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 6 11 a88g ταῦτα 1 these things This phrase could mean: (1) This refers to everything Paul has been talking about in this section of the letter (false teachings, pride, arguments, and the love of money). (2) This refers to what Paul has been talking about most recently (the love of money). If possible, it is best to leave it as a general reference.
1TI 6 11 a88g ταῦτα 1 these things This phrase could refer to: (1) everything Paul has been talking about in this section of the letter (false teachings, pride, arguments, and the love of money). (2) what Paul has been talking about most recently (the love of money). If possible, it is best to leave it as a general reference.
1TI 6 11 zjl3 figs-metaphor δίωκε 1 pursue Paul speaks of righteousness and other good qualities as if they were things that a person could run after and catch. This metaphor is the opposite of “flee from.” It means to try your best to obtain something. Alternate translation: “seek to acquire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 6 12 w21p figs-metaphor ἀγωνίζου τὸν καλὸν ἀγῶνα τῆς πίστεως 1 Fight the good fight of the faith Here, Paul speaks figuratively about a person persevering in following Jesus as if he were a warrior fighting at his best, or an athlete doing his best to win an event. Alternate translation: “do your best to obey Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 6 12 y6m8 figs-metaphor ἐπιλαβοῦ τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς 1 grasp eternal life Paul speaks figuratively about people wanting eternal life so much that they hold onto it firmly in their hands. He may be continuing the metaphor of an athlete who worked hard to win an event and now holds the trophy in his hands. Alternate translations: “eagerly desire to live with God forever” or “do whatever is necessary to pursue life with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 6 20 u9wd figs-activepassive τὴν παραθήκην 1 guard the entrustment If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “what Jesus has put in your care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 6 20 dd1v figs-explicit τὴν παραθήκην φύλαξον 1 guard the entrustment The implication is that Jesus has entrusted Timothy with the message to proclaim about him. Alternate translation: “protect the message about Jesus that he has put in your care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 6 20 vgr8 figs-metonymy ἐκτρεπόμενος τὰς βεβήλους κενοφωνίας 1 avoiding the profane chatter In order to avoid **profane chatter**, Timothy must avoid the people who do the chattering. Alternate translation: “do not pay attention to the talk of people for whom nothing is sacred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TI 6 20 t498 καὶ ἀντιθέσεις 1 and contradictions This could mean: (1) The false teachers are saying things that are contrary to true Christian belief. (2) The false teachers are saying things that cannot all be true at the same time. Alternate translations: “and teachings that contradict us” or “and the opposing statements”
1TI 6 20 t498 καὶ ἀντιθέσεις 1 and contradictions This could mean: (1) the false teachers are saying things that are contrary to true Christian belief. Alternate translations: “and teachings that contradict us” or “and the opposing statements” (2) the false teachers are saying things that cannot all be true at the same time.
1TI 6 20 y2u7 figs-activepassive τῆς ψευδωνύμου γνώσεως 1 of miscalled knowledge If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “of what some people falsely call knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 6 21 e6rb figs-metaphor περὶ τὴν πίστιν ἠστόχησαν 1 have missed the mark regarding the faith See how you translated this expression in [1:6](../01/06.md). Paul speaks of faith in Christ as if it were a target that people should aim at. Alternate translation: “have not fulfilled the purpose of faith in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 6 21 t501 ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 Grace be with you If it would be clearer in your language, you could say who Paul is thinking will make this happen. Alternate translation: “may God give grace to all of you”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
29 1TI 1 5 mbe6 figs-metonymy ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας 1 from a pure heart Here, **pure** figuratively indicates that the person wants only good things and does not have mixed motives that also include some bad ones. Alternate translation: “from a desire for only what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
30 1TI 1 5 ar8t συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς 1 a good conscience Your translation should make it clear that love is the one goal of the command and is followed by three things that lead to this love. This is the second thing, after “a pure heart.” Alternate translation: “and from a conscience that leads a person to choose right instead of wrong”
31 1TI 1 5 m53g πίστεως ἀνυποκρίτου 1 a sincere faith This is the third thing that leads to love, which is the one goal of the command. It is not a third goal of the command. Alternate translations: “and from faith that is genuine” or “and from faith that is without hypocrisy”
32 1TI 1 5 zziu figs-abstractnouns πίστεως ἀνυποκρίτου 1 a sincere faith If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Here, **faith** could mean: (1) This refers to trust in God. (2) This refers to belief in true teaching about God. Alternate translations: “firmly trusting in God” or “sincerely believing the true message about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) trust in God. (2) belief in true teaching about God. Alternate translations: “firmly trusting in God” or “sincerely believing the true message about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
33 1TI 1 6 j4z3 figs-metaphor τινες ἀστοχήσαντες 1 some, having missed the mark Paul speaks figuratively of faith in Christ as if it were a target that people should aim at. Paul means that some people are not fulfilling the purpose of their faith, which is to love, as he has just explained. Alternate translation: “some people, who are not fulfilling the purpose of faith in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
34 1TI 1 6 se38 figs-metaphor ἐξετράπησαν εἰς 1 have turned away to Here, **turned away** figuratively means these people have stopped doing what God has commanded. Alternate translation: “are no longer doing what God commands. Instead of that, they just engage in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
35 1TI 1 7 v28u figs-explicit νομοδιδάσκαλοι 1 teachers of the law Here, **law** refers specifically to the law of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
62 1TI 1 13 nv6k figs-activepassive ἠλεήθην 1 I was shown mercy If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Jesus had mercy on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
63 1TI 1 14 t158 δὲ 1 Indeed Paul uses this word to introduce an expanded description of the way Jesus treated him mercifully even though he persecuted the followers of Jesus. This description will help Timothy and the other believers in Ephesus to understand how great the mercy of Jesus is. Alternate translation: “in fact”
64 1TI 1 14 c1lg figs-metaphor ὑπερεπλεόνασεν…ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 the grace of our Lord overflowed Paul speaks of the grace of Jesus as if it were a liquid that fills a container until it flows over the top. Alternate translation: “Jesus showed me unlimited grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
65 1TI 1 14 z5lv figs-idiom μετὰ πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 with the faith and love that are in Christ Jesus This could mean one of two things: (1) Paul could be referring to faith and love that he received from Jesus when he became **in** him, which would mean figuratively “in relationship with” him. Alternate translation: “and enabled me to trust him and love him” (2) Paul could be referring to the faith and love that Jesus himself possesses and could be saying that these were the basis of the mercy that Jesus showed him. Alternate translation: “because he believed in me and loved me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) This could refer to: (1) faith and love that he received from Jesus when he became **in** him, which would mean figuratively “in relationship with” him. Alternate translation: “and enabled me to trust him and love him” (2) the faith and love that Jesus himself possesses and could be saying that these were the basis of the mercy that Jesus showed him. Alternate translation: “because he believed in me and loved me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
66 1TI 1 15 z48s πιστὸς ὁ λόγος 1 This word is trustworthy In this context, the term **word** refers to an entire statement. Alternate translation: “this statement is dependable”
67 1TI 1 15 rh2r καὶ πάσης ἀποδοχῆς ἄξιος 1 and worthy of all acceptance If it would be clearer in your language, you could say who does this action. Alternate translations: “and we should believe it without any doubt” or “and we should have full confidence in it”
68 1TI 1 15 t163 figs-quotemarks Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς ἦλθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἁμαρτωλοὺς σῶσαι 1 Christ Jesus came into the world to save sinners Paul uses this phrase as a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers if you indicate this by setting off the words that follow, “Christ Jesus came into the world to save sinners,” with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language may use to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
75 1TI 1 18 b6uq figs-metaphor τέκνον 1 child Paul speaks of his close relationship to Timothy as though they were father and son. This shows Paul’s sincere love and approval of Timothy. It is also likely that Paul personally led Timothy to trust in Christ, and that would be another reason why Paul considered him to be like his own child. Alternate translation: “you who are like my very own child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
76 1TI 1 18 y6jg κατὰ τὰς προαγούσας ἐπὶ σὲ προφητείας 1 in accordance with the earlier prophecies about you If it would be clearer in your language, you could say who did this action. Alternate translation: “in agreement with what other believers prophesied about you”
77 1TI 1 18 w2ex figs-metaphor στρατεύῃ…τὴν καλὴν στρατείαν 1 fight the good fight Paul speaks figuratively about Timothy doing his best for the Lord as if he were a soldier fighting a battle. Alternate translation: “continue to do your best on behalf of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
78 1TI 1 19 jj6k figs-abstractnouns ἔχων πίστιν 1 holding faith If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a phrase that uses a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Here, **faith** could mean: (1) It refers to a relationship with Jesus. Alternate translation: “continue trusting in Jesus” (2) It refers to a belief in the message about Jesus. Alternate translation: “keep believing the true teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a phrase that uses a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) a relationship with Jesus. Alternate translation: “continue trusting in Jesus” (2) a belief in the message about Jesus. Alternate translation: “keep believing the true teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
79 1TI 1 19 ly6q figs-abstractnouns ἀγαθὴν συνείδησιν 1 a good conscience See how you translated this in [1:5](../01/05.md). Alternate translation: “continuing to choose to do what is right instead of what is wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
80 1TI 1 19 h2wk figs-metaphor τινες…περὶ τὴν πίστιν ἐναυάγησαν 1 have shipwrecked regarding the faith Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were a ship that had sunk. He means that these people no longer believe in Jesus and no longer live as his followers. You could use this same figure, or a similar one from your culture, if your readers would understand this meaning. Otherwise, you could say as an alternative translation, “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
81 1TI 1 19 dyr6 figs-abstractnouns περὶ τὴν πίστιν 1 regarding the faith If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith**. Here, **faith** could mean: (1) This refers to a relationship with Jesus (or God). Alternate translation: “their relationship with Jesus” (2) This refers to the teachings about Jesus. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith**. Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) a relationship with Jesus (or God). Alternate translation: “their relationship with Jesus” (2) the teachings about Jesus. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
82 1TI 1 20 pv7f translate-names Ὑμέναιος…Ἀλέξανδρος 1 Hymenaeus … Alexander These are names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
83 1TI 1 20 ty7n figs-metaphor οὓς παρέδωκα τῷ Σατανᾷ 1 whom I have given over to Satan Paul speaks figuratively as if he physically took hold of these men and handed them to Satan. If this does not make sense in your language, you can state it plainly. Alternate translation: “I have allowed Satan to command them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
84 1TI 1 20 az10 figs-explicit οὓς παρέδωκα τῷ Σατανᾷ 1 This probably means that Paul expelled them from the community of believers. Since they are no longer a part of the community, Satan has access to them and can harm them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you may want to include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “I have allowed Satan to make them suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
107 1TI 2 7 qa8d figs-metaphor κῆρυξ 1 a herald Paul compares himself to a **herald** because God has sent him out to announce the gospel message. Alternate translation: “a preacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
108 1TI 2 7 hb97 ἐν Χριστῷ 1 “as a follower of Christ”
109 1TI 2 7 yllf ἀλήθειαν λέγω ἐν Χριστῷ, οὐ ψεύδομαι 1 I am speaking the truth in Christ, I am not lying In order to emphasize what he is saying, Paul says the same thing twice, first positively and then negatively. If this is confusing in your language, you can say this once. Alternate translation: “I am telling you the truth as a follower of Christ”
110 1TI 2 7 h18q διδάσκαλος ἐθνῶν ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 a teacher of the nations in faith and truth This could mean either of two things: (1) **faith and truth** could be describing the content of what Paul teaches. Alternate translation: “I teach the Gentiles the message of faith and truth” (2) **faith and truth** could also be describing Paul’s character as a teacher. Alternate translation: “a true and faithful teacher of the Gentiles” Here, **faith and truth** could mean: (1) the content of what Paul teaches. Alternate translation: “I teach the Gentiles the message of faith and truth” (2) Paul’s character as a teacher. Alternate translation: “a true and faithful teacher of the Gentiles”
111 1TI 2 7 t201 figs-hendiadys διδάσκαλος ἐθνῶν ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 a teacher of the nations in faith and truth If this phrase has the second meaning that the previous note discusses, Paul may be using the two terms **faith** and **truth** together to express one idea. Alternate translation: “I teach the Gentiles about the true faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
112 1TI 2 7 t202 ἐθνῶν 1 the nations This term refers to members of other people groups who are not Jewish. Alternate translations: “the Gentiles” or “non-Jewish people groups”
113 1TI 2 8 a841 figs-gendernotations τοὺς ἄνδρας ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ 1 the men in every place Here the word **men** refers specifically to males. The term is not generic, since Paul addresses women next. Alternate translations: “the males in all places” or “men everywhere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
129 1TI 2 14 t221 figs-abstractnouns ἐν παραβάσει γέγονεν 1 came into transgression If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract noun **transgression** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translations: “began to sin” or “began to disobey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
130 1TI 2 15 krx4 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Use a natural way in your language to indicate that this sentence provides a contrast to the previous sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
131 1TI 2 15 t222 σωθήσεται 1 she will be saved Here, **she** likely refers to Eve, mentioned in the preceding verse, and whom Paul describes as “the woman.” “They,” later in the sentence, refers to women in general. To show how Paul shifts the topic from Eve, a representative woman, to all women, the word **she** could be translated here as “women.”
132 1TI 2 15 u8iv σωθήσεται…διὰ τῆς τεκνογονίας 1 she will be saved through childbearing This could mean one of three things: (1) It may be that people thought that women would be condemned because of Eve’s sin and punished even more than with the pain of childbearing (see Genesis 3:16), or they may have thought that a woman who believed in Jesus was no longer under the punishment that God gave in Genesis 3:16. Since the Greek word translated **through** can also mean “with” or “while,” Paul may be saying here that women continue to have the punishment of pain in childbirth but will be saved from additional punishment as long as they have faith in Jesus. (2) It may be that the women of the church in Ephesus were being led away from faith in Jesus by the false teachers (see 2 Timothy 3:6), so Paul is recommending that they focus on raising their families rather than listening to (or participating in) the “foolish talk” (1:6). (3) **Childbearing** could also be a reference to the birth of Jesus as a human child to be the Savior. Alternate translations: (1) “God will save women, although they do have to endure childbirth” (2) “God will save women as they attend to their families” or (3) “God will save women through Jesus, who was born as a child” This could mean: (1) people thought that women would be condemned because of Eve’s sin and punished even more than with the pain of childbearing (see Genesis 3:16), or they may have thought that a woman who believed in Jesus was no longer under the punishment that God gave in Genesis 3:16. Since the Greek word translated **through** can also mean “with” or “while,” Paul may be saying here that women continue to have the punishment of pain in childbirth but will be saved from additional punishment as long as they have faith in Jesus. Alternate translation: “God will save women, although they do have to endure childbirth” (2) the women of the church in Ephesus were being led away from faith in Jesus by the false teachers (see 2 Timothy 3:6), so Paul is recommending that they focus on raising their families rather than listening to (or participating in) the “foolish talk” (1:6). Alternate translation: “God will save women as they attend to their families” (3) a reference to the birth of Jesus as a human child to be the Savior. Alternate translation: “God will save women through Jesus, who was born as a child”
133 1TI 2 15 i0ap figs-synecdoche διὰ τῆς τεκνογονίας 1 If option number 2 from the previous note is correct, then Paul is figuratively referring to all of the aspects of motherhood by mentioning the beginning part of it: childbearing. Alternate translation: “as they attend to their families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
134 1TI 2 15 n818 figs-activepassive σωθήσεται 1 she will be saved If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God will save women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
135 1TI 2 15 gh3c ἐὰν μείνωσιν 1 if they remain Here, **they** refers to women. Paul switches from the singular to the plural as he switches from talking about Eve as the representative of women to women in general. Alternate translation: “if women continue living”
136 1TI 2 15 sl57 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πίστει, καὶ ἀγάπῃ, καὶ ἁγιασμῷ 1 in faith and love and holiness If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **faith**, **love**, and **holiness** with verbs. Alternate translation: “trusting Jesus, loving others, and living in a holy way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
137 1TI 2 15 dcf3 figs-idiom μετὰ σωφροσύνης 1 with self-control Possible meanings of this expression here are: (1) “with good judgment,” (2) “with modesty,” or (3) “with clear thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) This could mean: (1) with good judgment. (2) with modesty. (3) with clear thinking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
138 1TI 3 intro d9db 0 # 1 Timothy 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>[3:16](../03/16.md) was probably a song, poem, or creed the early church used to express what it understood to be the meaning of who Jesus was and what he did.<br><br>### Overseers and deacons<br><br>The church has used different titles for church leaders. Some titles include elder, pastor, and bishop. The word “overseer” reflects the Greek term in verses 1-2, which means literally an “over-seer.” The word “bishop” is derived directly from the letters of this Greek term. Paul writes about another kind of church leader, a “deacon,” in verses 8 and 12.<br><br>### Character qualities<br><br>This chapter lists several qualities that an overseer or deacon in the church must have. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
139 1TI 3 1 t227 πιστὸς ὁ λόγος 1 This word is trustworthy As in [1:15](../01/15.md), in this context the term **word** has a meaning more like “statement” or “message.” Alternate translation: “this statement is dependable”
140 1TI 3 1 t228 figs-quotemarks πιστὸς ὁ λόγος 1 This word is trustworthy Paul uses this phrase to introduce a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers if you indicate this by setting off the words that follow in the rest of the verse with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language may use to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
145 1TI 3 3 c2c7 μὴ πάροινον, μὴ πλήκτην, ἀλλὰ ἐπιεικῆ, ἄμαχον 1 not a drunkard, not a brawler, but gentle, peaceful Alternate translation: “he must not drink alcohol to excess, and he must not fight and argue, but instead, he must be gentle and peaceful”
146 1TI 3 3 pc2g figs-metaphor ἀφιλάργυρον 1 not money-loving If the expression **loving** money would not convey the idea of something inappropriate in your language, it might be helpful to use a term that expresses the idea of “greed.” Alternate translation: “not greedy for money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
147 1TI 3 4 a8gu προϊστάμενον 1 managing Alternate translations: “he should lead” or “he should take care of”
148 1TI 3 4 w3un ἐν ὑποταγῇ, μετὰ πάσης σεμνότητος 1 in obedience with all honor This could mean one of several things: (1) The overseer’s children should obey their father and show respect to him. Alternate translation: “who obey him completely respectfully” (2) The overseer’s children should show respect to everyone. Alternate translation: “who obey him and show respect to everyone” or (3) The overseer should show respect to those in his household as he leads them. Alternate translation: “who obey him as he treats them with respect” This could mean: (1) the overseer’s children should obey their father and show respect to him. Alternate translation: “who obey him completely respectfully” (2) the overseer’s children should show respect to everyone. Alternate translation: “who obey him and show respect to everyone” or (3) the overseer should show respect to those in his household as he leads them. Alternate translation: “who obey him as he treats them with respect”
149 1TI 3 5 n5lt figs-rquestion εἰ δέ τις τοῦ ἰδίου οἴκου προστῆναι οὐκ οἶδεν, πῶς ἐκκλησίας Θεοῦ ἐπιμελήσεται? 1 for if someone does not know how to manage his own household, how will he take care of the church of God? Paul is making a statement, not actually asking a question. He does not expect Timothy to explain how a man who could not manage his own household could take care of God’s church. Instead, Paul is using the question form to emphasize how important it is for an overseer to demonstrate faithfulness in his personal life before assuming a leadership role in the church. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I say this because a man who is not able to manage his own household will certainly not be able to take care of the church of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
150 1TI 3 5 c814 figs-metonymy ἐκκλησίας Θεοῦ 1 the church of God Here the term **church** refers to a local group of God’s people, not to a building. Alternate translations: “a group of God’s people” or “a local gathering of believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
151 1TI 3 6 q7hu μὴ νεόφυτον 1 not a new convert Alternate translations: “he should not be still just learning the faith” or “he must be mature from a long, steady growth in the faith”
163 1TI 3 9 rfv7 figs-abstractnouns τὸ μυστήριον τῆς πίστεως 1 the mystery of the faith Here, **faith** refers to the content of the **mystery**, that is, the specific things that God has revealed and that followers of Jesus must believe. Alternate translation: “the teachings that God has revealed to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
164 1TI 3 9 y91f figs-metaphor ἐν καθαρᾷ συνειδήσει 1 with a clean conscience Paul speaks figuratively of a person’s sense of right and wrong being **clean**, which means that it assures that person that he has done nothing wrong. Alternate translation: “knowing that they are not doing anything wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
165 1TI 3 10 hl1p figs-activepassive καὶ οὗτοι…δοκιμαζέσθωσαν πρῶτον 1 let them also be tested first If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would the action. Alternate translations: “the leaders should observe and approve of them first” or “they should first prove themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
166 1TI 3 11 xyc9 γυναῖκας 1 the women This could mean one of two things: (1) Alternate translation: “deacons’ wives” (2) Alternate translation: “female deacons” This could mean: (1) deacons’ wives. (2) female deacons.
167 1TI 3 11 q5qx σεμνάς 1 dignified Alternate translations: “people who act properly” or “people who are worthy of respect”
168 1TI 3 11 a12k μὴ διαβόλους 1 not slanderers Alternate translation: “they must not say malicious things about other people”
169 1TI 3 11 akm5 νηφαλίους 1 sober See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “not doing anything to excess.”
170 1TI 3 12 wji2 μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἄνδρες 1 husbands of one wife See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translations: (1) “not married to more than one woman” (2) “faithful to their wives” See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translations: “not married to more than one woman” or “faithful to their wives”
171 1TI 3 12 dv31 τέκνων καλῶς προϊστάμενοι καὶ τῶν ἰδίων οἴκων 1 managing their own children and households well Alternate translation: “taking proper care of their children and their personal affairs”
172 1TI 3 13 rfq2 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For Paul uses this word to introduce what the results will be if people with the qualifications he has just described are chosen as church leaders. Alternate translation: “After all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
173 1TI 3 13 t259 οἱ…καλῶς διακονήσαντες 1 those having served well This could refer either to deacons, whom Paul has just discussed, or to overseers as well, as a conclusion to Paul’s entire discussion of church leaders. Alternate translations: “deacons who serve well” or “church leaders who serve well”
174 1TI 3 13 cv34 βαθμὸν…καλὸν 1 a good standing This could mean one of two things. Alternate translations: (1) “an honorable position” (2) “a good reputation” This could mean: (1) an honorable position. (2) a good reputation.
175 1TI 3 13 m684 καὶ πολλὴν παρρησίαν ἐν πίστει τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 much confidence in the faith that is in Christ Jesus This could mean one of two things. Alternate translations: (1) “and they will speak more confidently to other people about believing in Jesus” (2) “and they will trust in Jesus with even more confidence” This could mean: (1) they will speak more confidently to other people about believing in Jesus. (2) they will trust in Jesus with even more confidence.
176 1TI 3 14 t262 figs-idiom ἐν τάχει 1 in quickness This expression describes Paul’s haste and urgency. Alternate translation: “as soon as I can” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
177 1TI 3 14 zzzu figs-go ἐλθεῖν 1 to come In some languages it is more natural to say “go” here, rather than **come**. Alternate translation: “to go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
178 1TI 3 15 z9z8 ἐὰν δὲ βραδύνω 1 but if I delay This does not imply that Paul might choose to take his time rather than hurrying. Alternate translations: “but in case I cannot get there soon” or “but if something prevents me from getting there soon”
179 1TI 3 15 p9u4 ἵνα εἰδῇς πῶς δεῖ ἐν οἴκῳ Θεοῦ ἀναστρέφεσθαι 1 so that you may know how one ought to behave in the household of God Paul speaks of the group of believers as a family because God adopts each believer as a son or daughter through Christ. Possible meanings here are: (1) Paul is referring to the believers in general. Alternate translation: “so that you all may know how to conduct yourselves as members of God’s family” (2) Paul is referring specifically to Timothy’s behavior in the church. Alternate translation: “so that you may know how to conduct yourself as a member of God’s family” Paul speaks of the group of believers as a family because God adopts each believer as a son or daughter through Christ. This could refer to: (1) the believers in general. Alternate translation: “so that you all may know how to conduct yourselves as members of God’s family” (2) Timothy’s behavior in the church. Alternate translation: “so that you may know how to conduct yourself as a member of God’s family”
180 1TI 3 15 wzk3 figs-distinguish οἴκῳ Θεοῦ…ἥτις ἐστὶν ἐκκλησία Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 the household of God, which is the church of the living God This phrase gives us further information about **the household of God**. It is not making a distinction between a household of God that is the church and one that is not the church. Alternate translation: “household of God, by which I mean the community of people who believe in the living God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
181 1TI 3 15 cd5r figs-metaphor στῦλος καὶ ἑδραίωμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 a pillar and support of the truth Paul speaks of the truth as if it were a building and of the community of believers as if they were helping to hold up that building. Alternate translation: “which helps to proclaim God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
182 1TI 3 15 t267 figs-doublet στῦλος καὶ ἑδραίωμα 1 a pillar and support The terms **pillar** and **support** mean basically the same thing. They are architectural features that hold up parts of buildings. Paul uses the terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them into an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “which helps promote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
196 1TI 4 1 jzr9 δὲ 1 Now Paul uses this word to introduce background information that will help Timothy and the believers in Ephesus understand the next part of his letter. The false teachings that Timothy must oppose are something that the Spirit has already predicted. You can translate the term with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance.
197 1TI 4 1 b739 figs-idiom ἐν ὑστέροις καιροῖς 1 in later times This expression refers to the time period when God’s purposes in history are approaching their culmination and so the evil opposition to them increases. Paul is probably referring to the time period between Jesus’ resurrection and his second coming. Alternate translation: “in these days as God’s purposes advance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
198 1TI 4 1 b931 figs-metaphor ἀποστήσονταί τινες τῆς πίστεως 1 some will leave the faith Paul speaks of people ceasing to trust in Christ as if they were physically leaving a place. Alternate translation: “some people will stop trusting in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
199 1TI 4 1 hw98 figs-abstractnouns ἀποστήσονταί τινες τῆς πίστεως 1 some will leave the faith Here, **faith** could mean: (1) This refers to the teachings about Jesus. Alternate translation: (1) “some people will stop believing the teachings about Jesus” (2) This refers to trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “some people will stop trusting in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) the teachings about Jesus. Alternate translation: “some people will stop believing the teachings about Jesus” (2) trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “some people will stop trusting in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
200 1TI 4 1 q13m προσέχοντες 1 attending to Alternate translations: “and turn their attention to” or “because they are paying attention to”
201 1TI 4 1 ae5w figs-doublet πνεύμασι πλάνοις καὶ διδασκαλίαις δαιμονίων 1 deceiving spirits and teachings of demons These two phrases mean similar things. Paul may be using them together for emphasis. If you think having both phrases in your translation might be confusing for your readers, you could combine them into a single expression. Alternate translation: “the things that evil spirits say to trick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
202 1TI 4 2 pw29 ἐν ὑποκρίσει ψευδολόγων 1 in false-speaking hypocrisy If it would be clearer in your language, you could start a separate sentence here. Alternate translation: “The people who teach these things are hypocrites, and they tell lies”
228 1TI 4 7 sea5 figs-metaphor γύμναζε…σεαυτὸν πρὸς εὐσέβειαν 1 train yourself for godliness Paul tells Timothy figuratively to work to develop godly character as if he were an athlete improving his physical conditioning. Alternate translation: “diligently practice acting in ways that please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
229 1TI 4 8 t311 figs-quotemarks γὰρ 1 for What follows after this word is a direct quotation of a saying that Paul uses for teaching. It may be helpful to your readers if you indicate this by setting off the words that follow in the rest of the verse with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language may use to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
230 1TI 4 8 i6rh σωματικὴ γυμνασία 1 bodily training Alternate translation: “physical exercise”
231 1TI 4 8 t313 πρὸς ὀλίγον ἐστὶν ὠφέλιμος 1 is valuable for a little This could mean one of three things. Alternate translations: (1) “has some small value” (2) “has value for a little while” or (3) “does not have very much value” This could mean: (1) it has some small value. (2) it has value for a little while. (3) it does not have very much value.
232 1TI 4 8 df19 ἐπαγγελίαν ἔχουσα 1 having promise for Alternate translation: “will bring benefits”
233 1TI 4 9 t315 πιστὸς ὁ λόγος 1 That word is trustworthy As in [1:15](../01/15.md) and [3:1](../03/01.md), in this context, the term **word** means “statement” or “saying.” (Paul is referring to the entire saying that he quoted in the previous verse.) Alternate translation: “this statement is dependable”
234 1TI 4 9 hc1t καὶ πάσης ἀποδοχῆς ἄξιος 1 and worthy of all acceptance See how you translated this in [1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translations: “and we should believe it without any doubt” or “and we should have full confidence in it”
251 1TI 4 15 merc figs-explicit σου ἡ προκοπὴ 1 your progress If it is helpful in your language, you may want to make explicit in what way Timothy is to make **progress**. Alternate translation: “your increasing ability to live the way that Jesus wants you to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
252 1TI 4 16 uq6c ἔπεχε σεαυτῷ καὶ τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 Pay attention to yourself and to the teaching Alternate translation: “Pay attention to how you live and to what you teach”
253 1TI 4 16 zxe7 ἐπίμενε αὐτοῖς 1 Continue in these things Alternate translation: “continue to do these things”
254 1TI 4 16 u7ez καὶ σεαυτὸν σώσεις καὶ τοὺς ἀκούοντάς σου 1 you will save both yourself and your listeners Possible meanings are: (1) Timothy will save himself and those who hear him from God’s judgment (2) Timothy will protect himself and those who hear him from the influence of false teachers. Perhaps Paul means both things since, if Timothy can persuade the people of the church in Ephesus not to listen to the false teachers, then he will also spare them from God’s judgment for the wrong things they would have done if they had listened to those teachers. Alternate translation: “you will keep both yourself and your listeners from believing and doing the wrong things” This could mean: (1) Timothy will save himself and those who hear him from God’s judgment (2) Timothy will protect himself and those who hear him from the influence of false teachers. Perhaps Paul means both things since, if Timothy can persuade the people of the church in Ephesus not to listen to the false teachers, then he will also spare them from God’s judgment for the wrong things they would have done if they had listened to those teachers. Alternate translation: “you will keep both yourself and your listeners from believing and doing the wrong things”
255 1TI 5 intro jx4e 0 # 1 Timothy 5 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Honor and respect<br><br>Paul encourages younger Christians to honor and respect older Christians. Cultures honor and respect older people in different ways.<br><br>### Widows<br><br>In the ancient Near East, it was important to care for widows because they could not provide for themselves.<br><br>### Variation in names<br><br>In this chapter, as in chapter 4, Paul speaks of church leaders called “elders.” Here, as well, they seem to be the same kind of leaders that he calls “overseers” in chapter 3.
256 1TI 5 1 wt5y figs-you 0 General Information: Paul was giving these commands to one person, Timothy. Languages that have different forms of “you” or different forms for commands would use the singular form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
257 1TI 5 1 l4w5 πρεσβυτέρῳ μὴ ἐπιπλήξῃς 1 Do not rebuke an older man Alternate translation: “do not reprimand an older man”
262 1TI 5 3 smp5 figs-idiom χήρας τίμα 1 Honor widows This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “provide for widows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
263 1TI 5 3 qc6s τὰς ὄντως χήρας 1 real widows Alternate translation: “widows who have no one else to provide for them”
264 1TI 5 4 vv64 τέκνα ἢ ἔκγονα 1 children or grandchildren Here these **children** and **grandchildren** are adults who are able to care for others, not young children.
265 1TI 5 4 w38h πρῶτον 1 first This could mean one of two things, or possibly both: (1) It could mean that, of all of their religious duties, taking care of their family is the most important one and the one that they should learn to do before anything else. Alternate translation: “as the most basic part of belonging to God’s people” (2) It could mean that these children and grandchildren should be the first ones to take care of their family members, before the rest of the congregation. Alternate translation: “before the church offers any support” This could mean one of two things, or possibly both: (1) of all of their religious duties, taking care of their family is the most important one and the one that they should learn to do before anything else. Alternate translation: “as the most basic part of belonging to God’s people” (2) these children and grandchildren should be the first ones to take care of their family members, before the rest of the congregation. Alternate translation: “before the church offers any support”
266 1TI 5 4 fnab μανθανέτωσαν…εὐσεβεῖν 1 let them learn to honor Here, **learn** means to practice, that is, to learn by doing. Alternate translation: “let them become proficient in honoring”
267 1TI 5 4 t344 figs-parallelism μανθανέτωσαν…τὸν ἴδιον οἶκον εὐσεβεῖν, καὶ ἀμοιβὰς ἀποδιδόναι τοῖς προγόνοις 1 let them learn to honor their own household and to make repayment to their forebears There are two possible meanings here: (1) These two phrases may mean similar things and you could combine them if that would be clearer in your language. If **honor** is an idiom for “provide” here, as in the previous verse, then Paul may be using repetition for emphasis. Alternate translation: “let them provide the support that their widowed mother or grandmother needs and deserves” (2) However, there may be a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. Paul may actually be giving two reasons why people should support their widowed mothers or grandmothers. Alternate translation: “this is a respectful thing to do for widowed family members, and it will repay them for supporting their children and grandchildren as they were growing up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) These two phrases may: (1) mean similar things and you could combine them if that would be clearer in your language. If **honor** is an idiom for “provide” here, as in the previous verse, then Paul may be using repetition for emphasis. Alternate translation: “let them provide the support that their widowed mother or grandmother needs and deserves” (2) have a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. Paul may actually be giving two reasons why people should support their widowed mothers or grandmothers. Alternate translation: “this is a respectful thing to do for widowed family members, and it will repay them for supporting their children and grandchildren as they were growing up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
268 1TI 5 4 g5mu figs-metonymy τὸν ἴδιον οἶκον 1 their own household Paul uses this phrase figuratively to refer to family members, by association to the way they live in the same house. Alternate translations: “their own family members” or “those living in their homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
269 1TI 5 4 q5c8 ἀμοιβὰς ἀποδιδόναι τοῖς προγόνοις 1 make repayment to their forebears Alternate translation: “let them do good to their mother or grandmother in return for the good things their parents and grandparents gave them”
270 1TI 5 4 t347 grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 for Paul uses this term to introduce an additional reason why family members should support their widowed mothers or grandmothers. Alternate translation: “also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
283 1TI 5 9 s8ql figs-activepassive χήρα καταλεγέσθω 1 Let a widow be enrolled If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “have the church put a widow on the register” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
284 1TI 5 9 khe1 figs-explicit χήρα καταλεγέσθω 1 There seems to have been a list of widows who had no family to help them. The church members met these women’s needs for food, clothing, and shelter, and these women then devoted their lives to serving the Christian community. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “have the church put a woman on the list of widows who truly need help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
285 1TI 5 9 i27x figs-litotes μὴ ἔλαττον ἐτῶν ἑξήκοντα γεγονυῖα 1 being not less than sixty years old Paul is using a figure of speech here that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “if she is at least sixty years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
286 1TI 5 9 q9dj figs-idiom ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς γυνή 1 a wife of one husband Like the similar expression in [3:2](../03/02.md), this means that she has only one husband, and may also means that she was only married once. (If it means the second possibility, it is not clear whether Paul means to exclude women who were married more than once and widowed each time, or more specifically women who divorced their husbands and married other men.) Alternate translations: (1) “she was always faithful to her husband” (2) “she had one husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) Like the similar expression in [3:2](../03/02.md), this could mean: (1) she has only one husband. Alternate translation: “she was always faithful to her husband” (2) she was only married once. If it means this second possibility, it is not clear whether Paul means to exclude women who were married more than once and widowed each time, or more specifically women who divorced their husbands and married other men. Alternate translation: “she had one husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
287 1TI 5 10 l8nm figs-activepassive ἐν ἔργοις καλοῖς μαρτυρουμένη 1 attested in good works If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “people must be able to attest to her good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
288 1TI 5 10 mik7 ἐξενοδόχησεν 1 has received strangers Alternate translations: “has welcomed strangers into her home” or “practiced hospitality”
289 1TI 5 10 ygl3 translate-symaction ἁγίων πόδας ἔνιψεν 1 has washed the feet of the saints In this culture, people walked barefoot or in sandals on roads that were dusty or muddy, so washing their feet once they entered a home was a way of helping them be comfortable and clean. If the people of your culture would not be familiar with this practice, you could use a general expression instead. Alternate translation: “has cared for believers who visited her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
300 1TI 5 13 t376 περιερχόμεναι τὰς οἰκίας 1 going around houses Alternate translation: “going from house to house”
301 1TI 5 13 nll4 figs-doublet φλύαροι καὶ περίεργοι, λαλοῦσαι τὰ μὴ δέοντα 1 babblers and busybodies, saying what they should not These three phrases may be ways of speaking about the same activity. Paul may be using repetition to emphasize that these women should not be looking into the private lives of people and telling about them to others who would be no better off after hearing this gossip. If you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine these phrases into a single one. Alternate translation: “people who interfere openly in other people’s business” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) (A doublet can consist of more than two terms.)
302 1TI 5 13 cym5 φλύαροι 1 babblers Alternate translation: “people who talk nonsense”
303 1TI 5 14 u94k τῷ ἀντικειμένῳ 1 the one opposing This expression could refer by implication to: (1) This refers to Satan (that is the reading of UST). Alternate translation: “the devil” (2) This refers collectively to unbelievers who are opposing the followers of Jesus. Alternate translation: “unbelievers who are opposing you” This expression could refer by implication to: (1) This could refer to: (1) Satan. This is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “the devil” (2) unbelievers who are opposing the followers of Jesus. Alternate translation: “unbelievers who are opposing you”
304 1TI 5 15 fy54 figs-metaphor ἐξετράπησαν ὀπίσω τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 having … turned aside after Satan Paul speaks of living in faithfulness to Christ as if it were a path that one can either follow or turn aside from. He means that some younger widows have stopped obeying Jesus and have started to do what Satan would want them to do instead. Alternate translation: “have stopped living in obedience to Jesus and have decided to obey Satan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
305 1TI 5 16 g8k5 figs-nominaladj τις πιστὴ 1 any believing woman Paul is using this participle, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “any woman who believes in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
306 1TI 5 16 mf4s figs-explicit ἔχει χήρας 1 has widows The implication is that she has widows within her extended family. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has relatives who are widows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
308 1TI 5 16 t384 figs-activepassive καὶ μὴ βαρείσθω ἡ ἐκκλησία 1 let the church not be weighed down If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translations: “so that the church will not have more work than it can do” or “so that the Christian community will not have to support widows whose families could provide for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
309 1TI 5 16 d35m ὄντως χήραις 1 genuine widows Alternate translation: “widows who have no one else to provide for them”
310 1TI 5 17 u93q figs-activepassive οἱ καλῶς προεστῶτες πρεσβύτεροι…ἀξιούσθωσαν 1 The elders having ruled well, let them be considered worthy If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “All believers should consider elders who are good leaders to be deserving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
311 1TI 5 17 wp9d figs-abstractnouns διπλῆς τιμῆς 1 of double honor Here, **double honor** could mean: (1) The congregation should honor the elders in two ways. Alternate translation: “of both respect and payment for their work” (2) They should honor them twice as much as others. Since Paul quotes two Scriptures in the next verse that support the idea of church leaders being paid for their work, the first possibility is more likely. Alternate translation: “of more respect than others receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) Here, **double honor** could mean: (1) the congregation should honor the elders in two ways. Alternate translation: “of both respect and payment for their work” (2) they should honor them twice as much as others. Since Paul quotes two Scriptures in the next verse that support the idea of church leaders being paid for their work, the first possibility is more likely. Alternate translation: “of more respect than others receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
312 1TI 5 17 r8ew figs-nominaladj οἱ κοπιῶντες 1 the ones toiling Paul is using the participle **toiling**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to refer to members of a class of people that it describes. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “elders who labor diligently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
313 1TI 5 17 t389 figs-hendiadys ἐν λόγῳ καὶ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 in the word and in teaching This phrase may be expressing a single idea by using two phrases (which are actually just two words in Greek) connected with **and**. The phrase **in the word** would be identifying the content of the **teaching**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “at teaching from the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
314 1TI 5 17 t390 figs-metonymy λόγῳ 1 the word Paul may be using the term **word** here figuratively to describe the Scriptures, which God inspired people to put into words. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
321 1TI 5 19 af68 grammar-connect-exceptions κατηγορίαν μὴ παραδέχου, ἐκτὸς εἰ 1 do not receive an accusation, except if If, in your language, it would appear that Paul was making a statement and then contradicting it, you could reword this statement to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only believe that an accusation is true if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
322 1TI 5 19 t399 figs-ellipsis ἐπὶ δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων 1 on two or three witnesses Here, **on** stands for the concept of “relying on.” You may need to use a more complete phrase in your language. Alternate translations: “you are relying on the testimony of two or three people” or “at least two people give evidence for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
323 1TI 5 19 kmy5 δύο ἢ τριῶν 1 two or three Alternate translations: “at least two” or “two or more”
324 1TI 5 20 m4uh figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας 1 the ones sinning Paul is using this participle, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate it with a noun phrase. There are two possibilities here: (1) This could refer to any believers who are sinning. (2) Paul could still be talking about elders. Alternate translations: (1) “believers who are sinning” (2) “elders who are doing wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) Paul is using this participle, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate it with a noun phrase. This could refer to: (1) any believers who are sinning. Alternate translation: “believers who are sinning” (2) elders. Alternate translation: “elders who are doing wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
325 1TI 5 20 db63 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον…πάντων 1 before all Paul uses the expression **before** to mean “in front of.” Alternate translations: “where everyone can see” or “in public” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
326 1TI 5 20 ql4m figs-explicit ἵνα καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ φόβον ἔχωσιν 1 so that the rest also may have fear If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say what, by implication, people will be afraid of doing. Alternate translation: “so that other people will be afraid to sin themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
327 1TI 5 20 t404 figs-idiom φόβον ἔχωσιν 1 may have fear This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “will be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
336 1TI 5 22 pyl8 figs-explicit μηδὲ κοινώνει ἁμαρτίαις ἀλλοτρίαις 1 nor share in the sins of others The implication in context may be that if Timothy appoints a person to leadership before they are ready or without ensuring that their character is exemplary, then Timothy will bear some responsibility for that person’s ultimate failure as a leader, or he will appear to have approved of the person’s sins, once they are uncovered. Alternate translation: “so that you do not become responsible for the moral and leadership failures of others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
337 1TI 5 23 xl32 figs-explicit οἴνῳ ὀλίγῳ χρῶ 1 use a little wine Paul is telling Timothy to use wine specifically as medicine. The water in that area was impure and often caused sickness. Alternate translation: “in addition, you should drink some wine from time to time as medicine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
338 1TI 5 24 uk56 figs-gendernotations τινῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 of some men Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of some people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
339 1TI 5 24 ug1z figs-personification πρόδηλοί εἰσιν, προάγουσαι εἰς κρίσιν 1 are evident, going ahead into judgment Paul speaks of sins as if they could move on their own ahead of a person to the place where that person will be judged for committing them. Here, **judgment** could mean: (1) This refers to the judgment when the sinner stands before God on the last day. Alternate translation: “are so obvious that everyone knows they are guilty long before God declares them guilty” (2) This refers to judgment before the church. Alternate translation: “are clear to everyone, even before the church leaders confront them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) Paul speaks of sins as if they could move on their own ahead of a person to the place where that person will be judged for committing them. Here, **judgment** could refer to: (1) the judgment when the sinner stands before God on the last day. Alternate translation: “are so obvious that everyone knows they are guilty long before God declares them guilty” (2) judgment before the church. Alternate translation: “are clear to everyone, even before the church leaders confront them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
340 1TI 5 24 i1c6 figs-personification τισὶν δὲ καὶ ἐπακολουθοῦσιν 1 but they also follow after some Paul speaks once again of sins as if they could move on their own. As in the previous clause, this could mean: (1) This refers to judgment by God. Alternate translation: “but the sins of other people do not become evident until God judges them” (2) This refers to judgment by the church. Alternate translation: “but the sins of some people remain hidden for a long time” This latter alternative also allows the possibility that Paul is referring to judgment by God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) Paul speaks once again of sins as if they could move on their own. As in the previous clause, this could refer to: (1) judgment by God. Alternate translation: “but the sins of other people do not become evident until God judges them” (2) judgment by the church. Alternate translation: “but the sins of some people remain hidden for a long time” This latter alternative also allows the possibility that Paul is referring to judgment by God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
341 1TI 5 25 pd8v figs-explicit καὶ τὰ ἔργα τὰ καλὰ πρόδηλα 1 good works are also evident Implicitly, here Paul does not mean all good works, since in the rest of the sentence he speaks of some good works that are not evident. Alternate translation: “most good works are also obvious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
342 1TI 5 25 qlu5 figs-explicit τὰ ἔργα τὰ καλὰ 1 good works The implication is that these works are considered **good** because they are consistent with God’s character, purposes, and will. Alternate translation: “actions that God approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
343 1TI 5 25 bl51 figs-metaphor καὶ τὰ ἄλλως ἔχοντα, κρυβῆναι οὐ δύναταί 1 and the ones having otherwise are not able to be hidden Paul speaks of good works as if they were objects that someone could hide. Alternate translation: “and people will find out later about even those good deeds that are not obvious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
351 1TI 6 1 xb92 figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the name of God Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to the fame or reputation of a person. Alternate translations: “God’s character” or “God’s reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
352 1TI 6 1 f5pc figs-explicit ἡ διδασκαλία 1 the teaching Implicitly Paul means the teaching about Jesus and about how his followers should live. Alternate translation: “our teaching about how believers should live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
353 1TI 6 2 fvv7 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί εἰσιν 1 they are brothers Here, **brothers** figuratively means fellow believers in Jesus, whether male or female. Alternate translation: “they are fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
354 1TI 6 2 nmh9 καὶ ἀγαπητοὶ 1 beloved This could mean: (1) God loves these people. Alternate translation: “whom God loves” (2) Other believers love these people, or both. Alternate translation: “and so their believing slaves should love them” This could have either, or both, meanings: (1) God loves these people. Alternate translation: “whom God loves” (2) other believers love these people. Alternate translation: “and so their believing slaves should love them”
355 1TI 6 3 t430 figs-metonymy ὑγιαίνουσι λόγοις 1 to the healthy words See how you translated the term **healthy** in [1:10](../01/10.md). Here, as well, it is a figurative way to say that the teaching is good and reliable in every way and has no defect or corruption. A person with a healthy mind would recognize this teaching as correct. Alternate translations: “to the correct words” or “to the true expression of our faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
356 1TI 6 3 t431 figs-metonymy ὑγιαίνουσι λόγοις 1 to the healthy words Paul uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the verbal expression of what followers of Jesus genuinely believe. Alternate translation: “the true expression of our faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
357 1TI 6 3 sshf τοῖς τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 This could mean: (1) This refers to the message about the Lord Jesus. (2) This refers to words spoken by the Lord Jesus. This could refer to: (1) the message about the Lord Jesus. (2) words spoken by the Lord Jesus.
358 1TI 6 4 pn8n figs-metaphor τετύφωται 1 he is puffed up Paul speaks figuratively of a person who is excessively proud as if they were inflated with air. See how you translated this in [3:6](../03/06.md). Alternate translation: “that person is excessively proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
359 1TI 6 4 t433 figs-activepassive τετύφωται 1 he is puffed up If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that person is excessively proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
360 1TI 6 4 t434 figs-gendernotations τετύφωται 1 he is puffed up Here, **he** refers to anyone in general who teaches what is not correct. Alternate translation: “that person is excessively proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
394 1TI 6 10 a1fx figs-metaphor ἑαυτοὺς περιέπειραν ὀδύναις πολλαῖς 1 have pierced themselves with many sorrows Paul speaks about grief as if it were a sword that people use to stab themselves. Alternate translation: “have experienced great sorrows in their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
395 1TI 6 11 tp97 ὦ ἄνθρωπε Θεοῦ 1 O man of God Alternate translations: “you servant of God” or “you person who belongs to God”
396 1TI 6 11 h9c6 figs-metaphor ταῦτα φεῦγε 1 flee these things Paul speaks of these temptations and sins as if they were things a person could physically run away from. Alternate translation: “make sure that you do not do these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
397 1TI 6 11 a88g ταῦτα 1 these things This phrase could mean: (1) This refers to everything Paul has been talking about in this section of the letter (false teachings, pride, arguments, and the love of money). (2) This refers to what Paul has been talking about most recently (the love of money). If possible, it is best to leave it as a general reference. This phrase could refer to: (1) everything Paul has been talking about in this section of the letter (false teachings, pride, arguments, and the love of money). (2) what Paul has been talking about most recently (the love of money). If possible, it is best to leave it as a general reference.
398 1TI 6 11 zjl3 figs-metaphor δίωκε 1 pursue Paul speaks of righteousness and other good qualities as if they were things that a person could run after and catch. This metaphor is the opposite of “flee from.” It means to try your best to obtain something. Alternate translation: “seek to acquire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
399 1TI 6 12 w21p figs-metaphor ἀγωνίζου τὸν καλὸν ἀγῶνα τῆς πίστεως 1 Fight the good fight of the faith Here, Paul speaks figuratively about a person persevering in following Jesus as if he were a warrior fighting at his best, or an athlete doing his best to win an event. Alternate translation: “do your best to obey Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
400 1TI 6 12 y6m8 figs-metaphor ἐπιλαβοῦ τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς 1 grasp eternal life Paul speaks figuratively about people wanting eternal life so much that they hold onto it firmly in their hands. He may be continuing the metaphor of an athlete who worked hard to win an event and now holds the trophy in his hands. Alternate translations: “eagerly desire to live with God forever” or “do whatever is necessary to pursue life with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
426 1TI 6 20 u9wd figs-activepassive τὴν παραθήκην 1 guard the entrustment If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “what Jesus has put in your care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
427 1TI 6 20 dd1v figs-explicit τὴν παραθήκην φύλαξον 1 guard the entrustment The implication is that Jesus has entrusted Timothy with the message to proclaim about him. Alternate translation: “protect the message about Jesus that he has put in your care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
428 1TI 6 20 vgr8 figs-metonymy ἐκτρεπόμενος τὰς βεβήλους κενοφωνίας 1 avoiding the profane chatter In order to avoid **profane chatter**, Timothy must avoid the people who do the chattering. Alternate translation: “do not pay attention to the talk of people for whom nothing is sacred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
429 1TI 6 20 t498 καὶ ἀντιθέσεις 1 and contradictions This could mean: (1) The false teachers are saying things that are contrary to true Christian belief. (2) The false teachers are saying things that cannot all be true at the same time. Alternate translations: “and teachings that contradict us” or “and the opposing statements” This could mean: (1) the false teachers are saying things that are contrary to true Christian belief. Alternate translations: “and teachings that contradict us” or “and the opposing statements” (2) the false teachers are saying things that cannot all be true at the same time.
430 1TI 6 20 y2u7 figs-activepassive τῆς ψευδωνύμου γνώσεως 1 of miscalled knowledge If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “of what some people falsely call knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
431 1TI 6 21 e6rb figs-metaphor περὶ τὴν πίστιν ἠστόχησαν 1 have missed the mark regarding the faith See how you translated this expression in [1:6](../01/06.md). Paul speaks of faith in Christ as if it were a target that people should aim at. Alternate translation: “have not fulfilled the purpose of faith in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
432 1TI 6 21 t501 ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 Grace be with you If it would be clearer in your language, you could say who Paul is thinking will make this happen. Alternate translation: “may God give grace to all of you”

48
en_tn_56-2TI.tsv
View File

@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TI 1 2 ey7g figs-metaphor ἀγαπητῷ τέκνῳ 1 my beloved child Paul was not Timothy’s father, but he uses the term **child** to express his love and approval of Timothy. It is also likely that Paul introduced Timothy to Christ, and so Paul considered him his child in a spiritual sense. Alternate translation: “who is like a beloved son to me” or “you are like a dear child to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 1 2 w43q translate-blessing χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ 1 Grace, mercy, and peace from After stating the name of the author and the person who is receiving it (Timothy), Paul adds a blessing to Timothy. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “may you experience kindness, mercy, and peace within you from” or “I pray that you will have grace, mercy, and peace from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
2TI 1 2 p003 figs-abstractnouns χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη 1 Grace, mercy, and peace Paul’s blessing to Timothy includes these three abstract nouns. Your language may have a particular way of expressing these concepts, such as with verbs. If so, you can use them in your translation. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 1 2 ub7c guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Πατρὸς 1 God the Father This is an important title for God. Paul could be referring to God here as: (1) He is the Father of Christ. (2) He is the Father of believers. Alternate translation: “God, who is the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2TI 1 2 ub7c guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Πατρὸς 1 God the Father This is an important title for God. Here, **Father** could refer to: (1) the Father of Christ. (2) the Father of believers. Alternate translation: “God, who is the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2TI 1 2 dcr3 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our In this book, unless otherwise noted, the words **we**, **us**, and **our** refer to Paul (the writer of this letter), Timothy (the one to whom this letter is written), and, by extension, all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2TI 1 3 p004 figs-abstractnouns χάριν ἔχω τῷ Θεῷ 1 I have gratitude to God If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **gratitude** with a verb or an adjective. Alternative translation: “I thank God” or “I am thankful to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 1 3 tvb7 figs-idiom ᾧ λατρεύω ἀπὸ προγόνων 1 whom I serve from my ancestors This is an idiom that means that Paul’s family has been serving God for many generations. Alternate translation: “whom my ancestors served and I serve, as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -35,15 +35,15 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TI 1 6 p010 figs-metaphor τὸ χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἐν σοὶ διὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν μου 1 the gift of God that is in you through the laying on of my hands Paul speaks of **the gift** as an object inside of Timothy. If the words **that is in you** do not clearly communicate in your language that Timothy received the gift, you could translate it with a verb that expressing the idea of giving or receiving. Alternative translation: “the gift of God that you received when I laid my hands on you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 1 6 s6vb figs-explicit τὸ χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἐν σοὶ διὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν μου 1 the gift of God that is in you through the laying on of my hands It is implied that this is a spiritual gift that enables Timothy to do the work of ministry that God has called him to do, and that Paul also prayed for Timothy as he laid his hands on him. If these things are not clear, you may want to include this information in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 1 7 u8vl grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For Here, **For** indicates that this verse provides another reason for Paul’s instruction in the previous verse that Timothy should use his spiritual gift. If it would be clearer in your language, you can replace **For** with this information here. Alternate translation: “Another reason why I want you to start using again the gift God that gave you is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2TI 1 7 h1z3 οὐ…ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ Θεὸς πνεῦμα δειλίας, ἀλλὰ δυνάμεως, καὶ ἀγάπης, καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 1 God did not give us a spirit of fear, but of power, and of love, and of discipline This could mean: (1) Here, **spirit** may refer to the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “God’s Holy Spirit does not cause us to be afraid. He causes us to have power and love and discipline” (2) Here, **spirit** may refer to the character of a human being. Alternate translation: “God does not cause us to be afraid but to have power and love and discipline”
2TI 1 7 h1z3 οὐ…ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ Θεὸς πνεῦμα δειλίας, ἀλλὰ δυνάμεως, καὶ ἀγάπης, καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 1 God did not give us a spirit of fear, but of power, and of love, and of discipline Here, **spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “God’s Holy Spirit does not cause us to be afraid. He causes us to have power and love and discipline” (2) the character of a human being. Alternate translation: “God does not cause us to be afraid but to have power and love and discipline”
2TI 1 7 p011 figs-abstractnouns δυνάμεως, καὶ ἀγάπης, καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 1 of power, and of love, and of discipline Paul uses abstract nouns to refer to three things that Timothy should be able to do. Your language may have a particular way of expressing these concepts, such as with verbs. If so, you can use them in your translation. Alternate translation: “one that makes us able to obey, to love, and to control ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 1 7 k6g7 σωφρονισμοῦ 1 of discipline The word **discipline** could mean: (1) Here, **discipline** may refer to self-control. Alternate translation: “of the ability to control ourselves” (2) Here, **discipline** may refer to the power to correct or even to control others. Alternate translation: “of the ability to correct others”
2TI 1 7 k6g7 σωφρονισμοῦ 1 of discipline Here, **discipline** could refer to: (1) self-control. Alternate translation: “of the ability to control ourselves” (2) the power to correct or even to control others. Alternate translation: “of the ability to correct others”
2TI 1 8 fk9z figs-metonymy τὸ μαρτύριον 1 the testimony Paul may be using the word **testimony** to refer to the activity of telling others about the Lord and not to the message itself. Alternative translation: “of testifying” or “of telling others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2TI 1 8 blk9 τὸν δέσμιον αὐτοῦ 1 his prisoner Paul is not being held **prisoner** by the Lord. He is a prisoner because he has testified about the Lord. Alternative translation: “a prisoner for his sake” or “a prisoner for the Lord”
2TI 1 8 ry82 συνκακοπάθησον τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 suffer together for the gospel The term **together** could mean: (1) It may mean for Timothy to suffer together with Paul. (2) It may mean for Timothy to suffer together with all Christians who suffer.
2TI 1 8 ry82 συνκακοπάθησον τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 suffer together for the gospel The term **together** could mean: (1) Timothy should suffer together with Paul. (2) Timothy should suffer together with all Christians who suffer.
2TI 1 8 xa86 συνκακοπάθησον τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 suffer together for the gospel Here, **for the gospel** means “for the sake of telling other people the good news about Jesus.” Alternative translation: “along with me, accept the suffering that results from telling other people the good news about Jesus”
2TI 1 8 hi9a τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ, κατὰ δύναμιν Θεοῦ 1 for the gospel, according to the power of God Paul is reminding Timothy that God provides people with **power** when they suffer so that they can endure the suffering. Alternate translation: “for the gospel, allowing God to make you strong”
2TI 1 9 ld55 figs-metonymy καλέσαντος κλήσει ἁγίᾳ 1 called us with a holy calling Here, **with a holy calling** could mean: (1) This refers to what results from the calling. The call produces holy people or people set apart for God. Alternate translation: “called us with a calling that sets us apart as holy to God” (2) This refers to the source of the calling, which is God, who is holy. Alternate translation: “called us by means of his own holy calling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2TI 1 9 ld55 figs-metonymy καλέσαντος κλήσει ἁγίᾳ 1 called us with a holy calling Here, **with a holy calling** could refer to: (1) what results from the calling. The call produces holy people or people set apart for God. Alternate translation: “called us with a calling that sets us apart as holy to God” (2) the source of the calling, which is God, who is holy. Alternate translation: “called us by means of his own holy calling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2TI 1 9 lmas οὐ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα ἡμῶν 1 not according to our works It may be helpful to start a new sentence here. If you do start a new sentence, for clarity you may wish to repeat some words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “He did not save us and call us because of our works”
2TI 1 9 kyr5 figs-hendiadys ἀλλὰ κατὰ ἰδίαν πρόθεσιν καὶ χάριν 1 but according to his own purpose and grace Here the words **purpose and grace** work together to mean “gracious purpose.” Paul is saying that God’s purpose or plan for us includes showing us grace or kindness through Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “but because of his gracious purpose” or “but because he planned to show us kindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2TI 1 9 p012 figs-activepassive καὶ χάριν, τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 and grace, which was given to us in Christ Jesus If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “and grace, which God gave to us in Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -60,17 +60,17 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TI 1 12 y8l4 figs-explicit καὶ ταῦτα πάσχω 1 I also suffer also these things Paul does not mention the specific **things** that he is **suffering**, but from the context of the letter, the implication is that he is referring to suffering as a prisoner. Alternate translation: “I also suffer as a prisoner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 1 12 td39 πέπεισμαι 1 I am certain Paul expresses that he is certain that God will make everything right in the end. Alternate translation: “I am sure”
2TI 1 12 p6pi figs-metaphor τὴν παραθήκην μου φυλάξαι 1 to guard my deposit Paul is using a metaphor of a person leaving something with another person who is supposed to protect it until he gives it back to the first person. The two people involved are Jesus and Paul, but it is not clear which one is holding the **deposit**. This could mean: (1) Paul is trusting Jesus to keep something safe that Paul has entrusted to Jesus. This could be Paul’s own life, or, more specifically, that Paul would remain faithful to Jesus all of his life. Alternate translation: “to keep me faithful to him” (2) Paul is trusting Jesus to preserve the good news that Jesus has deposited with Paul for Paul to preach. Alternate translation: “to help me keep preaching his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 1 12 hhu5 figs-possession τὴν παραθήκην μου 1 my deposit The term **my** here conveys the idea that this **deposit** is associated with Paul in some way. The particular association depends on what we consider the deposit to be. This could mean: (1) The deposit is associated with Paul because it is Paul’s own life or Paul’s faith in Jesus. Alternate translation: “my faithfulness to him” (2) The deposit is associated with Paul because it is the gospel message that Paul preaches. Alternate translation: “the gospel message that he has entrusted to me to preach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2TI 1 12 hhu5 figs-possession τὴν παραθήκην μου 1 my deposit The term **my** here conveys the idea that this **deposit** is associated with Paul in some way. The particular association depends on what we consider the deposit to be. This could mean: (1) the deposit is associated with Paul because it is Paul’s own life or Paul’s faith in Jesus. Alternate translation: “my faithfulness to him” (2) the deposit is associated with Paul because it is the gospel message that Paul preaches. Alternate translation: “the gospel message that he has entrusted to me to preach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2TI 1 12 qcu3 figs-explicit ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 that day This refers to the **day** when Jesus returns for judgment. Alternate translation: “the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 1 13 h1qd figs-metonymy ὑγιαινόντων λόγων 1 of the healthy words Paul wants Timothy to teach the things that he taught and thereby to follow his example. The expression **the healthy words** figuratively means “the correct message” by association, since a healthy mind would recognize that the correct message was reasonable. Alternate translation: “the correct message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2TI 1 13 p016 figs-metonymy λόγων 1 of … words Paul uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the expression in words of what Christians believe. Alternate translation: “of … message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2TI 1 13 p017 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in the faith and love that are in Christ Jesus Paul uses two abstract nouns, **faith** and **love**, to refer to actions that Timothy should do. Your language may have a particular way of expressing these concepts, such as with verbs. If so, you can use them in your translation. Alternate translation: “trusting in Christ Jesus and loving others because you belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 1 13 b2ld ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in the faith and love that are in Christ Jesus Here, **love** could mean: (1) This refers to the love that Timothy should show others. Alternate translation: “trusting in Christ Jesus and loving others because you belong to him” (2) This refers to the love that Timothy should show to God. Alternate translation: “trusting in Christ Jesus and loving him”
2TI 1 13 b2ld ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in the faith and love that are in Christ Jesus Here, **love** could refer to: (1) the love that Timothy should show others. Alternate translation: “trusting in Christ Jesus and loving others because you belong to him” (2) the love that Timothy should show to God. Alternate translation: “trusting in Christ Jesus and loving him”
2TI 1 13 ix6w figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in Christ Jesus Paul speaks figuratively of **faith and love** as if they were objects inside of **Christ Jesus**. This refers to the faith and love that Jesus enables us to have when we belong to him. See how you translated this in 1:9. Alternate translation: “ours through our relationship to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 1 14 i5g5 figs-explicit τὴν καλὴν παραθήκην 1 the good deposit Here, **the good deposit** refers to the gospel message that God has entrusted to Timothy to share with his people. Alternate translation: “the good message entrusted to you for God’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 1 14 cb5q figs-explicit τὴν καλὴν παραθήκην φύλαξον 1 Guard the good deposit Timothy needs to be alert to protect the gospel message because people will oppose him and try to distort what he says and teaches, turning it into a different message. Alternate translation: “Protect the good deposit against those who will try to distort it” or “Because people will try to distort the gospel message, guard it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 1 14 a3v2 διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 through the Holy Spirit Here, **through** means “by means of” or “by the power of.” Alternate translation: “by means of the Holy Spirit” or “with the help of the Holy Spirit”
2TI 1 15 p018 figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ 1 all who are in Asia The word **all** could mean: (1) Paul may have used the word **all** to mean “many, but not all” in the strict sense, since Timothy and Onesiphorus did not turn away from him. So this would be an example of hyperbole. (2) Paul may have used the word **all** to refer to the men who came to Rome with him from Asia Minor. Alternate translation: “all who came with me from Asia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2TI 1 15 p018 figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ 1 all who are in Asia The word **all** could mean: (1) “many, but not all” in the strict sense, since Timothy and Onesiphorus did not turn away from him. So this would be an example of hyperbole. (2) the men who came to Rome with him from Asia Minor. Alternate translation: “all who came with me from Asia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2TI 1 15 p019 translate-names Ἀσίᾳ 1 Asia This is the name of a Roman province, Asia Minor, which had its capital at Ephesus, which is where Timothy was living at the time of this letter. It is now a region in modern-day Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2TI 1 15 p6f4 figs-metaphor ἀπεστράφησάν με 1 turned away from me This is a metaphor that means they left Paul and stopped helping him. Alternate translation: “have deserted me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 1 15 p020 figs-explicit ἀπεστράφησάν με 1 turned away from me Paul assumes that Timothy would know that the reason that the believers from Asia had abandoned him was because the authorities had put him in prison. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “have deserted me because I am in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TI 2 2 ig9v figs-explicit διὰ πολλῶν μαρτύρων 1 along with many witnesses Paul is referring to teaching in a public setting with others present. The implication is that those others could testify as to what he taught. Alternate translation: “in the presence of people who can testify to what I said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 2 2 kv1m figs-metaphor ταῦτα παράθου πιστοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 entrust these things to faithful men Paul speaks of his instructions to Timothy as if they were objects that Timothy could give to other people and trust them to use correctly. Alternate translation: “commit them” or “teach them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 2 p027 figs-gendernotations πιστοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 to faithful men Here the term **men** has a generic sense that may include women. Alternate translation: “to faithful people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2TI 2 3 yc1j figs-explicit συνκακοπάθησον 1 Suffer together The term **together** could mean: (1) It may mean for Timothy to suffer together with Paul. Alternate translation: “Suffer together with me” (2) It may mean for Timothy to suffer together with all Christians who suffer. Alternate translation: “Suffer together with all believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 2 3 yc1j figs-explicit συνκακοπάθησον 1 Suffer together Here, **together** could mean: (1) Timothy should suffer together with Paul. Alternate translation: “Suffer together with me” (2) Timothy should suffer together with all Christians who suffer. Alternate translation: “Suffer together with all believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 2 3 juu2 figs-metaphor ὡς καλὸς στρατιώτης Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 as a good soldier of Jesus Christ Paul compares suffering for Christ Jesus to the suffering that a good soldier endures. Alternate translation: “as if you were a soldier and Jesus Christ were your commander” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 4 a4x7 figs-metaphor οὐδεὶς στρατευόμενος ἐμπλέκεται ταῖς τοῦ βίου πραγματίαις 1 No one serving as a soldier gets entangled in the affairs of life To help Timothy understand something important about following Jesus, Paul introduces the metaphor of a soldier who has to decide between pleasing his leader or pleasing those outside the army. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this. Alternate translation: “Consider that no dedicated soldier allows the affairs of life to distract him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 4 p7n5 figs-metaphor ἐμπλέκεται ταῖς τοῦ βίου πραγματίαις 1 gets entangled in the affairs of life Paul speaks of being involved in other matters as if they were a net that trapped people and kept them from being able to move freely. Alternate translation: “allows the affairs of life to distract him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -135,27 +135,27 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TI 2 11 p044 πιστὸς ὁ λόγος 1 This word is trustworthy You could represent the meaning of the adjective **trustworthy** with an active verb, if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “You can trust this statement”
2TI 2 11 p045 figs-quotemarks πιστὸς ὁ λόγος 1 This word is trustworthy Paul uses this phrase to introduce a direct quotation. The words that follow in the rest of this verse and in [2:12](../02/12.md) and [2:13](../02/13.md) are a poem or hymn that expresses the message that Paul says is trustworthy. It may be helpful to your readers if you indicate this by marking these words as a direct quotation or by setting them farther to the right, as the General Notes at the beginning of this chapter suggest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
2TI 2 11 g6e4 writing-poetry εἰ γὰρ συναπεθάνομεν, καὶ συνζήσομεν 1 For if we died with him, we will also live with him This is the beginning of a poem or hymn that Paul is probably quoting. If your language has a way of indicating that this is poetry, such as by setting individual phrases on separate lines, you could use it here and in [2:12](../02/12.md) and [2:13](../02/13.md). If not, you could translate this material as regular prose rather than as poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]])
2TI 2 11 in38 figs-metaphor εἰ…συναπεθάνομεν 1 if we died with him Paul is speaking figuratively since he and Timothy and other believers who should trust this statement have not actually died. This could mean: (1) Paul may be referring to the way that believers accept Jesus’ death for their sins when they trust him for salvation. This means that they have figuratively “died” to their old life of sin. Alternate translation: “if we have ended our old way of life by accepting Jesus’ death for us” (2) Paul may be referring to the way that people who believe in Jesus may suffer for him, possibly to the point of dying for him. Alternate translation: “if we are prepared to die for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 11 p046 καὶ συνζήσομεν 1 we will also live with him Although Paul is referring to dying with Christ in a figurative sense, **live** is probably not figurative, but could mean: (1) This refers to life after physical death. This seems most likely given Paul’s mention of “eternal glory” in the previous verse and “we will reign with him” in the next. Alternate translation: “then God will raise us from the dead to live with Jesus” (2) This refers to how believers will act in this life before physical death. Alternate translation: “we will not pursue our own desires, instead we will do what Jesus wants us to do”
2TI 2 11 in38 figs-metaphor εἰ…συναπεθάνομεν 1 if we died with him Paul is speaking figuratively since he and Timothy and other believers who should trust this statement have not actually died. This could refer to: (1) the way that believers accept Jesus’ death for their sins when they trust him for salvation. This means that they have figuratively “died” to their old life of sin. Alternate translation: “if we have ended our old way of life by accepting Jesus’ death for us” (2) the way that people who believe in Jesus may suffer for him, possibly to the point of dying for him. Alternate translation: “if we are prepared to die for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 11 p046 καὶ συνζήσομεν 1 we will also live with him Although Paul is referring to dying with Christ in a figurative sense, **live** is probably not figurative, but could refer to: (1) life after physical death. This seems most likely given Paul’s mention of “eternal glory” in the previous verse and “we will reign with him” in the next. Alternate translation: “then God will raise us from the dead to live with Jesus” (2) how believers will act in this life before physical death. Alternate translation: “we will not pursue our own desires, instead we will do what Jesus wants us to do”
2TI 2 12 p048 εἰ ἀρνησόμεθα 1 if we deny him Paul uses the term **deny** to refer to the action of believers saying that they do not know Jesus Christ during this present life. It is presented as the opposite of **endure**, so it refers to someone who gives in to persecution and denies being a follower of Jesus. Alternate translation: “if we say now that we do not know him”
2TI 2 12 p049 κἀκεῖνος ἀρνήσεται ἡμᾶς 1 he also will deny us In this second usage of the word **deny**, Paul is referring to the action of Jesus Christ on the day of final judgment. On that day, Jesus will either receive a faithful believer or reject those who are not true followers. Those who deny that they are followers of Jesus while on earth are not true followers. Alternate translation: “he will reject us on the day of judgment”
2TI 2 13 ke4w εἰ ἀπιστοῦμεν 1 if we are unfaithful Paul uses the word **unfaithful** to express the condition of believers who do not continue to obey Jesus, but rather disobey him. Alternate translation: “if we disobey Jesus” or “if we do not do what Jesus wants us to do”
2TI 2 13 p050 figs-explicit ἐκεῖνος πιστὸς μένει 1 he remains faithful This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: (1) “he remains faithful to us” (2) “he remains true to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 2 13 p050 figs-explicit ἐκεῖνος πιστὸς μένει 1 he remains faithful This could mean : (1) he remains faithful to them. (2) he remains true to himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 2 13 ihd4 ἀρνήσασθαι…ἑαυτὸν οὐ δύναται 1 he is not able to deny himself Paul states that Jesus is not able to **deny himself**, meaning that Jesus is not able to go against his character and will remain true to what he said he would do. Paul may have one or both of the following ideas in mind. (1) Jesus’ character includes being the Savior who can forgive our unfaithfulness when we repent of it, as Peter experienced (John 21:15-19). This favors the interpretation of the previous phrase as “he remains faithful to us.” (2) Jesus’ character also includes being the holy God who judges people for their sin when they do not repent. This favors the interpretation of the previous phrase as “he remains true to himself.” Alternate translation: “he must always act according to his character”
2TI 2 14 u661 ὑπομίμνῃσκε 1 Remind them The word **them**, which is implicit in the Greek verb, probably refers to the people that Timothy has responsibility over. Alternate translation: “Remind the people there”
2TI 2 14 p051 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before God Paul uses the expression **before God**, which means “in front of God,” to mean “where God can see.” Seeing, in turn, figuratively means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “as God is watching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 14 r5lq figs-explicit ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before God The implication is that Paul is telling Timothy to tell the believers, when he gives them this command, that God will be watching what they do. Alternate translation: “with God as their witness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 2 14 g6p7 figs-metaphor μὴ λογομαχεῖν 1 not to battle about words Paul uses the term **battle** figuratively to describe arguments. This could mean: (1) The believers are not to argue about unimportant things such as the words that someone uses to present the gospel message. That only distracts people from talking about important things, such as the gospel message itself. Alternate translation: “not to fight about small things like words” (2) The believers are not to argue about what words mean. Again, this causes disunity among the believers for no good reason. Alternate translation: “not to fight about the meanings of words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 14 g6p7 figs-metaphor μὴ λογομαχεῖν 1 not to battle about words Paul uses the term **battle** figuratively to describe arguments. This could mean: (1) the believers are not to argue about unimportant things such as the words that someone uses to present the gospel message. That only distracts people from talking about important things, such as the gospel message itself. Alternate translation: “not to fight about small things like words” (2) the believers are not to argue about what words mean. Again, this causes disunity among the believers for no good reason. Alternate translation: “not to fight about the meanings of words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 14 rke6 ἐπ’ οὐδὲν χρήσιμον 1 it is useful for nothing Paul adds that battling about words has no benefit for those involved. Alternate translation: “it does not benefit anyone”
2TI 2 14 ywty figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων 1 to the destruction of those who hear If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “it destroys those who hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 2 14 x7gx figs-metonymy ἐπὶ καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων 1 to the destruction of those who hear Here, **destruction** refers not to physical harm, but to the spiritual harm that is done to believers who hear their teachers foolishly arguing about unimportant things. This teaches the believers that being seen as right about small things is more important than love and unity, and can cause them to have wrong ideas about the faith or to stop following Jesus altogether. Alternate translation: “and can make those who hear it want to stop following Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2TI 2 15 m3vy σπούδασον σεαυτὸν, δόκιμον παραστῆσαι τῷ Θεῷ 1 Strive to present yourself approved to God Alternate translation: “Do your best to please God”
2TI 2 15 rj6y figs-metaphor ἐργάτην 1 a worker Paul says figuratively that Timothy will be a skilled workman if he correctly teaches God’s word. Alternate translation: “like a craftsman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 15 xgz9 figs-metaphor ὀρθοτομοῦντα τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας 1 cutting the word of truth straight Paul refers figuratively to **the word of truth** as if it were a path that someone was cutting through difficult terrain. When such a path is **straight**, travelers can follow it directly to their destination. By contrast, the useless discussions that Paul describes in [2:14](../02/14.md) and [2:16](../02/16.md) would be needless detours in terms of this same metaphor. Alternate translation: “show people how to follow the Scriptures directly” or “teach the Scriptures correctly so that people can follow them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 15 p052 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the word of truth Paul uses the term **word** figuratively to refer to something that is expressed in words. This could mean: (1) It may refer to the message that Timothy is to teach. Alternate translation: “the true message” (2) It may refer to the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “the true things that God has said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2TI 2 15 p052 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the word of truth Paul uses the term **word** figuratively to refer to something that is expressed in words. This could refer to: (1) the message that Timothy is to teach. Alternate translation: “the true message” (2) the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “the true things that God has said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2TI 2 15 p053 figs-abstractnouns τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the word of truth If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with an adjective. Alternate translation: “the true message” or “the true things that God has said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 2 16 e27q figs-metaphor ἐπὶ πλεῖον…προκόψουσιν ἀσεβείας 1 they will advance into greater ungodliness Paul speaks of these discussions figuratively as if they could physically progress in a certain direction, and he speaks of godlessness as that direction. Paul is figuratively describing the effect that these discussions have on people. Alternate translation: “they cause people to become more and more ungodly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 17 i73t figs-simile ὁ λόγος αὐτῶν ὡς γάγγραινα νομὴν ἕξει 1 their word will have a spreading like gangrene This is a simile. It means that something will spread from person to person and harm the faith of all those who hear it. The thing that will spread is either: (1) This refers to the habit of having useless and godless discussions. (2) This refers to the things that the people were saying in these empty discussions, or both. Alternate translation: “these empty discussions will spread quickly and cause destruction like an infectious disease” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2TI 2 17 i73t figs-simile ὁ λόγος αὐτῶν ὡς γάγγραινα νομὴν ἕξει 1 their word will have a spreading like gangrene This is a simile. It means that something will spread from person to person and harm the faith of all those who hear it. The thing that will spread could refer to: (1) the habit of having useless and godless discussions. (2) the things that the people were saying in these empty discussions, or both. Alternate translation: “these empty discussions will spread quickly and cause destruction like an infectious disease” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2TI 2 17 p054 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος αὐτῶν 1 their word Paul uses the term **word** figuratively to refer to something that is expressed in words. Alternate translation: “these discussions” or “what people who take part in these discussions say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2TI 2 17 p055 translate-unknown ὡς γάγγραινα 1 like gangrene **Gangrene** is type of tissue death caused by infection or lack of blood circulation. It quickly spreads in a person’s body and can lead to death. If your readers would not know what **gangrene** is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “like an infectious disease” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2TI 2 17 p056 writing-pronouns ὧν ἐστιν Ὑμέναιος, καὶ Φίλητος 1 among whom are Hymenaeus and Philetus Paul gives Timothy the names of two men who are examples of ungodliness and foolish talk. To make the relationship between these names and the preceding **their word** clear in your language, you may have to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “Hymeneus and Philetus are such people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@ -173,10 +173,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TI 2 20 p061 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ καὶ ξύλινα καὶ ὀστράκινα 1 but also wood and clay Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “and there are also containers made of wood and clay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2TI 2 20 j75l σκεύη 1 containers The word **container** is a general term for items used to hold other things, such as grain, food, drink, or refuse. If your language does not have a general word, you can use a specific word such as “bowl” or “pot.”
2TI 2 20 mt5e figs-abstractnouns ἃ μὲν εἰς τιμὴν, ἃ δὲ εἰς ἀτιμίαν 1 both some for honor and some for dishonor If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **honor** and **dishonor** with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “he uses the former at events to honor people and he uses the latter to do things that no one wants to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 2 21 jm3p figs-metaphor ἐκκαθάρῃ ἑαυτὸν ἀπὸ τούτων 1 has cleansed himself from these Here Paul continues the metaphor that compares people in the church to containers in a great house that have different uses. Paul speaks figuratively of a person washing himself clean as though he had been a pot full of something bad. By this he means that the person has given up certain associations or activities. This could mean: (1) The word **these** may refer to the false teachers who are destroying the faith of some people. Alternate translation: “has disassociated himself from these false teachers” (2) The word **these** may refer to the activities of quarreling and false teaching that Paul has warned Timothy about. Alternate translation: “has stopped doing these ungodly actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 21 jm3p figs-metaphor ἐκκαθάρῃ ἑαυτὸν ἀπὸ τούτων 1 has cleansed himself from these Here Paul continues the metaphor that compares people in the church to containers in a great house that have different uses. Paul speaks figuratively of a person washing himself clean as though he had been a pot full of something bad. By this he means that the person has given up certain associations or activities. Here, **these** could refer to: (1) the false teachers who are destroying the faith of some people. Alternate translation: “has disassociated himself from these false teachers” (2) the activities of quarreling and false teaching that Paul has warned Timothy about. Alternate translation: “has stopped doing these ungodly actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 21 g79f figs-metaphor ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν 1 he will be a container for honor Paul speaks figuratively of a person who has given up these associations or activities as if he were a particular kind of container. Alternate translation: “he will be like a dish for special occasions” or “he will be like a dish that is used to honor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 21 p062 figs-explicit ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν 1 he will be a container for honor The implication is that God will be able to give important assignments to a person who is free from wrong associations or activities. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will be someone to whom God can give important assignments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 2 21 mh63 ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν, ἡγιασμένον εὔχρηστον τῷ Δεσπότῃ, εἰς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἡτοιμασμένον 1 he will be a container for honor, having been sanctified, useful to the Master, having been prepared for every good work These four phrases could mean: (1) The ones beginning with **having been** give the reason for the phrase before them. Alternate translation: “he will be a container for honor because he has been sanctified, and he will be useful to the Master because he has been prepared for every good work” (2) All four phrases could simply be describing the person. Alternate translation: “he will be a container for honor, someone who is sanctified, useful to the Master, and ready for every good work”
2TI 2 21 mh63 ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν, ἡγιασμένον εὔχρηστον τῷ Δεσπότῃ, εἰς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἡτοιμασμένον 1 he will be a container for honor, having been sanctified, useful to the Master, having been prepared for every good work These four phrases could mean: (1) the ones beginning with **having been** give the reason for the phrase before them. Alternate translation: “he will be a container for honor because he has been sanctified, and he will be useful to the Master because he has been prepared for every good work” (2) all four phrases could simply be describing the person. Alternate translation: “he will be a container for honor, someone who is sanctified, useful to the Master, and ready for every good work”
2TI 2 21 p063 figs-activepassive ἡγιασμένον 1 having been sanctified If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom God has set apart for himself” or “whom God has set apart for a special purpose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TI 2 21 nl5d figs-metaphor ἡγιασμένον 1 having been sanctified If this phrase is continuing the metaphor of objects in a house, then Paul is referring to a person who is free from wrong associations or activities as if he were a precious object whose owner keeps it in a special place. Whether this phrase is continuing the metaphor or not, it still expresses the idea of being “dedicated” for a special purpose. Alternate translation: “whom God has set apart for a special purpose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 21 p064 figs-metaphor εὔχρηστον τῷ Δεσπότῃ 1 useful to the Master In the context of the metaphor of the house, Paul speaks of God figuratively as the head of the household. Alternate translation: “useful to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TI 3 5 xm1c figs-metaphor τούτους ἀποτρέπου 1 turn away from these The expression **turn away** is a metaphor for avoiding someone. Alternate translation: “avoid these people” or “avoid such people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 3 6 gu4b figs-metaphor αἰχμαλωτίζοντες 1 captivating Here Paul uses the term **captivating** figuratively to mean greatly influencing someone by the use of deception. Alternate translation: “manipulating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 3 6 u9m5 γυναικάρια 1 foolish women The term **foolish women** refers to women who are spiritually weak and immature. They allow these men into their homes and listen to them because they are weak, idle, and have many sins. Alternate translation: “women who are spiritually weak”
2TI 3 6 e9ex figs-metaphor σεσωρευμένα ἁμαρτίαις 1 who are loaded with sins Paul speaks figuratively of these **sins** as if they were heaped up on the backs of these women. Paul is explaining why these men can easily influence these women. This could mean: (1) These women sin often or even continually. Alternate translation: “who sin often” (2) These women feel terrible guilt because they sin. Alternate translation: “who feel terrible guilt for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 3 6 e9ex figs-metaphor σεσωρευμένα ἁμαρτίαις 1 who are loaded with sins Paul speaks figuratively of these **sins** as if they were heaped up on the backs of these women. Paul is explaining why these men can easily influence these women. This could mean: (1) these women sin often or even continually. Alternate translation: “who sin often” (2) these women feel terrible guilt because they sin. Alternate translation: “who feel terrible guilt for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 3 6 p079 figs-activepassive σεσωρευμένα ἁμαρτίαις 1 who are loaded with sins If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “who sin often” or “who feel terrible guilt for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TI 3 6 p080 figs-activepassive ἀγόμενα ἐπιθυμίαις ποικίλαις 1 led away by various desires If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “various desires lead them away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TI 3 6 izz9 figs-personification ἀγόμενα ἐπιθυμίαις ποικίλαις 1 led away by various desires Paul speaks figuratively about these **various desires** as if they could physically lead a person away. He means that the women decide to do evil things in order to satisfy their desires. Alternate translation: “they decide to sin in various ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TI 3 17 uu7i ἄρτιος 1 proficient Alternative translation: “fully capable”
2TI 3 17 p099 figs-activepassive ἐξηρτισμένος 1 equipped If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “and have everything he needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TI 4 intro k2xa 0 # 2 Timothy 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Paul gives a solemn charge to Timothy (4:1-8)<br>2. Paul tells Timothy how he is doing (4:9-18)<br>3. Paul sends personal greetings (4:19-22)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “I adjure you”<br><br>With these words Paul challenges Timothy in the most serious way possible to do what he is telling him to do. It is a way of commanding Timothy, not by Paul’s own authority, but by the authority that he then refers to, that of God and Jesus Christ. In other words, Paul is saying that God and Jesus Christ are commanding Timothy through Paul.<br><br>### Crown<br><br>Scripture uses the image of a crown to represent different things. In this chapter, Paul describes Christ as awarding a crown to believers as a metaphor for the reward that Christ will give them for having lived rightly on this earth.
2TI 4 1 eh3x διαμαρτύρομαι 1 I adjure you The word translated **adjure** is used to place someone under a serious and binding obligation. Think about the words that you use to do this in your language. This could mean: (1) This refers to placing someone under an oath to do something. Alternate translation: “I place you under an oath” or “I hereby obligate you” (2) This refers to solemnly commanding someone with great authority. Alternate translation: “I solemnly urge you”
2TI 4 1 eh3x διαμαρτύρομαι 1 I adjure you The word translated **adjure** is used to place someone under a serious and binding obligation. Think about the words that you use to do this in your language. This could refer to: (1) placing someone under an oath to do something. Alternate translation: “I place you under an oath” or “I hereby obligate you” (2) solemnly commanding someone with great authority. Alternate translation: “I solemnly urge you”
2TI 4 1 cb15 figs-explicit ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 before God and Christ Jesus Here the word **before** means “in front of,” that is, “in the presence of.” The implication is that God and Christ Jesus will witness and approve this command or oath. Alternate translation: “in the presence of God and Christ Jesus” or “with God and Christ Jesus as the witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 4 1 u32g figs-merism ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 the living and the dead Paul refers to **the living** and **the dead** together to mean all people, whether they are alive at the time of judgment or have died. Alternate translation: “those who are still alive and those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
2TI 4 1 p100 figs-nominaladj ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 the living and the dead The terms **living** and **dead** are adjectives that Paul is using as nouns to refer to groups of people. If your language does not use adjectives in that way, you can translate these terms with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “those who are still alive and those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TI 4 2 p101 ἐπιτίμησον 1 rebuke The word **rebuke** involves telling someone that they have done something wrong and warning them not to do it again. Alternate translation: “tell them not to sin”
2TI 4 2 p102 figs-hendiadys ἐν πάσῃ μακροθυμίᾳ καὶ διδαχῇ 1 with all patience and teaching Here, **patience and teaching** is a hendiadys, with **patience** modifying **teaching**. Alternate translation: “do these things by teaching very patiently” or “always do these things by teaching patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2TI 4 2 g5r0 figs-explicit ἐν πάσῃ μακροθυμίᾳ καὶ διδαχῇ 1 with all patience and teaching The implication is that this is how Timothy should preach, reprove, rebuke, and exhort. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do these things by teaching very patiently” or “always do these things by teaching patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 4 2 p103 figs-hyperbole ἐν πάσῃ μακροθυμίᾳ καὶ διδαχῇ 1 with all patience and teaching Here, **all** could mean: (1) Timothy should always be patient when he teaches. Alternate translation: “always teaching patiently” (2) The word **all** may be a generalization for emphasis, meaning that Timothy should be very patient. Alternate translation: “by teaching very patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2TI 4 2 p103 figs-hyperbole ἐν πάσῃ μακροθυμίᾳ καὶ διδαχῇ 1 with all patience and teaching Here, **all** could mean: (1) Timothy should always be patient when he teaches. Alternate translation: “always teaching patiently” (2) a generalization for emphasis, meaning that Timothy should be very patient. Alternate translation: “by teaching very patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2TI 4 3 jv7a ἔσται…καιρὸς ὅτε 1 there will be a time when Alternate translation: “the time will come when”
2TI 4 3 u2cc οὐκ ἀνέξονται 1 they will not endure Alternate translation: “they will no longer listen patiently to”
2TI 4 3 ilx7 figs-explicit οὐκ ἀνέξονται 1 they will not endure The context indicates that **they** means people who are a part of the community of believers. Alternate translation: “some believers will no longer listen patiently to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -303,11 +303,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TI 4 6 sh23 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ…ἤδη σπένδομαι 1 I am already being poured out Paul speaks of himself as if he were wine in a cup that was being poured out as a sacrifice to God. Alternate translation: “the sacrifice of my life to God will soon be complete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 4 6 p108 figs-activepassive ἐγὼ…ἤδη σπένδομαι 1 I am already being poured out If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “My life will soon end as a sacrifice to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TI 4 6 fb7l figs-euphemism ὁ καιρὸς τῆς ἀναλύσεώς μου ἐφέστηκεν 1 the time of my departure is here Paul refers to his death as a **departure**. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. Alternate translation: “soon I will die and leave this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2TI 4 7 d9ts figs-metaphor τὸν καλὸν ἀγῶνα ἠγώνισμαι 1 I have fought the good fight Paul speaks of himself figuratively as if he has been competing in an athletic contest. This could mean: (1) The word **good** may describe the kind of effort Paul has made. Alternate translation: “I have done my best” (2) The word **good** may mean that Paul has pursued a worthwhile endeavor. Alternate translation: “I have worked hard for what really matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 4 7 d9ts figs-metaphor τὸν καλὸν ἀγῶνα ἠγώνισμαι 1 I have fought the good fight Paul speaks of himself figuratively as if he has been competing in an athletic contest. Here, **good** could mean: (1) the kind of effort Paul has made. Alternate translation: “I have done my best” (2) Paul has pursued a worthwhile endeavor. Alternate translation: “I have worked hard for what really matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 4 7 kq83 figs-metaphor τὸν δρόμον τετέλεκα 1 I have finished the race Paul speaks of his life of service to God as if he had been running a race on foot. Alternate translation: “I have completed what I needed to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 4 7 vk2p figs-metaphor τὴν πίστιν τετήρηκα 1 I have kept the faith Paul speaks of **the faith**, by which he means his trust in Christ and his obedience to God, as if they were valuable objects that he has kept safe in his possession. This could mean: (1) Paul was faithful to do what God told him to do. Alternate translation: “I have remained faithful in doing my ministry” (2) Paul was faithful to teach the truth. Alternate translation: “I have preserved the teachings from any error” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 4 8 ujg5 figs-activepassive ἀπόκειταί μοι ὁ τῆς δικαιοσύνης στέφανος 1 the crown of righteousness has been reserved for me If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “God has reserved the crown of righteousness for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TI 4 8 hg8i figs-metaphor τῆς δικαιοσύνης στέφανος 1 the crown of righteousness This could mean one of two things: (1) The **crown** figuratively represents the reward that God gives to people who have lived the right way. Alternate translation: “the reward for the righteous” (2) The **crown** may represent righteousness itself. Just as the judge of a race gives a crown to the winner, when Paul finishes his life, God will declare that Paul is righteous. Alternate translation: “the reward that is righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 4 8 hg8i figs-metaphor τῆς δικαιοσύνης στέφανος 1 the crown of righteousness Here, the **crown** could: (1) figuratively represent the reward that God gives to people who have lived the right way. Alternate translation: “the reward for the righteous” (2) represent righteousness itself. Just as the judge of a race gives a crown to the winner, when Paul finishes his life, God will declare that Paul is righteous. Alternate translation: “the reward that is righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 4 8 dwn6 translate-unknown στέφανος 1 crown See how you translated this in [2:5](../02/05.md). The **crown** that Paul is using as an illustration of the future award from God was a wreath made of laurel tree leaves that was given to winners of athletic contests. You can use a word in your language that would refer to a prize for winning a contest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2TI 4 8 n3k8 figs-explicit ἐν, ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on that day As in [1:12](../01/12.md), this refers to the **day** when Jesus returns to judge people. Alternate translation: “on the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 4 8 uh88 τοῖς ἠγαπηκόσι τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν αὐτοῦ 1 those who have loved his appearing Alternate translation: “those who are looking forward to his return”
@ -335,8 +335,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TI 4 16 f2c3 οὐδείς μοι παρεγένετο 1 no one appeared with me Paul explains to Timothy that he had to go to court alone, without any supporters. Alternate translation: “no one testified on my behalf”
2TI 4 16 rm2t figs-activepassive μὴ αὐτοῖς λογισθείη 1 May it not be counted against them If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “May God not hold it against them” or “I pray that God does not punish those believers for deserting me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TI 4 17 t1fw figs-metaphor ὁ…Κύριός μοι παρέστη 1 the Lord stood with me Paul is speaking as if the Lord had physically stood with him. Alternate translation: “the Lord helped me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 4 17 y69m figs-activepassive ἵνα δι’ ἐμοῦ τὸ κήρυγμα πληροφορηθῇ 1 so that through me, the proclamation might be fully carried out If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. This could mean: (1) At his trial, Paul was able to explain the entire message God had given him to proclaim. Alternate translation: “so that I was able to proclaim all of the Lord’s message” (2) Paul was able to continue proclaiming God’s message right through to this time when he expected to lose his life. Alternate translation: “so that I was able to continue proclaiming the Lord’s message right to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TI 4 17 p113 figs-hyperbole καὶ ἀκούσωσιν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 and all the Gentiles might hear Here, **all** could mean: (1) This is a figurative generalization. Alternate translation: “so that as many Gentiles as possible could hear it” (2) This is a reference to all the Gentiles in the court. Alternate translation: “so that all the Gentiles who were there might hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2TI 4 17 y69m figs-activepassive ἵνα δι’ ἐμοῦ τὸ κήρυγμα πληροφορηθῇ 1 so that through me, the proclamation might be fully carried out If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. This could mean: (1) at his trial, Paul was able to explain the entire message God had given him to proclaim. Alternate translation: “so that I was able to proclaim all of the Lord’s message” (2) Paul was able to continue proclaiming God’s message right through to this time when he expected to lose his life. Alternate translation: “so that I was able to continue proclaiming the Lord’s message right to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TI 4 17 p113 figs-hyperbole καὶ ἀκούσωσιν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 and all the Gentiles might hear Here, **all** could be: (1) a figurative generalization. Alternate translation: “so that as many Gentiles as possible could hear it” (2) a reference to all the Gentiles in the court. Alternate translation: “so that all the Gentiles who were there might hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2TI 4 17 gsr8 figs-metaphor ἐρύσθην ἐκ στόματος λέοντος 1 I was rescued out of the mouth of the lion Paul speaks figuratively as if he had been in danger of being killed by a lion at his court appearance. He could mean the physical danger of being sentenced to execution, or the spiritual danger of being tempted not to speak boldly for Jesus, or both. It would probably be best to leave both possibilities open in your translation. Alternate translation: “I was rescued from great danger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 4 17 p114 figs-activepassive ἐρύσθην ἐκ στόματος λέοντος 1 I was rescued out of the mouth of the lion If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “God rescued me from great danger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TI 4 18 p115 figs-idiom εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων 1 to the ages of the ages This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “forever and ever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
11 2TI 1 2 ey7g figs-metaphor ἀγαπητῷ τέκνῳ 1 my beloved child Paul was not Timothy’s father, but he uses the term **child** to express his love and approval of Timothy. It is also likely that Paul introduced Timothy to Christ, and so Paul considered him his child in a spiritual sense. Alternate translation: “who is like a beloved son to me” or “you are like a dear child to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12 2TI 1 2 w43q translate-blessing χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ 1 Grace, mercy, and peace from After stating the name of the author and the person who is receiving it (Timothy), Paul adds a blessing to Timothy. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “may you experience kindness, mercy, and peace within you from” or “I pray that you will have grace, mercy, and peace from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
13 2TI 1 2 p003 figs-abstractnouns χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη 1 Grace, mercy, and peace Paul’s blessing to Timothy includes these three abstract nouns. Your language may have a particular way of expressing these concepts, such as with verbs. If so, you can use them in your translation. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
14 2TI 1 2 ub7c guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Πατρὸς 1 God the Father This is an important title for God. Paul could be referring to God here as: (1) He is the Father of Christ. (2) He is the Father of believers. Alternate translation: “God, who is the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) This is an important title for God. Here, **Father** could refer to: (1) the Father of Christ. (2) the Father of believers. Alternate translation: “God, who is the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
15 2TI 1 2 dcr3 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our In this book, unless otherwise noted, the words **we**, **us**, and **our** refer to Paul (the writer of this letter), Timothy (the one to whom this letter is written), and, by extension, all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
16 2TI 1 3 p004 figs-abstractnouns χάριν ἔχω τῷ Θεῷ 1 I have gratitude to God If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **gratitude** with a verb or an adjective. Alternative translation: “I thank God” or “I am thankful to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
17 2TI 1 3 tvb7 figs-idiom ᾧ λατρεύω ἀπὸ προγόνων 1 whom I serve from my ancestors This is an idiom that means that Paul’s family has been serving God for many generations. Alternate translation: “whom my ancestors served and I serve, as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
35 2TI 1 6 p010 figs-metaphor τὸ χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἐν σοὶ διὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν μου 1 the gift of God that is in you through the laying on of my hands Paul speaks of **the gift** as an object inside of Timothy. If the words **that is in you** do not clearly communicate in your language that Timothy received the gift, you could translate it with a verb that expressing the idea of giving or receiving. Alternative translation: “the gift of God that you received when I laid my hands on you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
36 2TI 1 6 s6vb figs-explicit τὸ χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἐν σοὶ διὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν μου 1 the gift of God that is in you through the laying on of my hands It is implied that this is a spiritual gift that enables Timothy to do the work of ministry that God has called him to do, and that Paul also prayed for Timothy as he laid his hands on him. If these things are not clear, you may want to include this information in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
37 2TI 1 7 u8vl grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For Here, **For** indicates that this verse provides another reason for Paul’s instruction in the previous verse that Timothy should use his spiritual gift. If it would be clearer in your language, you can replace **For** with this information here. Alternate translation: “Another reason why I want you to start using again the gift God that gave you is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
38 2TI 1 7 h1z3 οὐ…ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ Θεὸς πνεῦμα δειλίας, ἀλλὰ δυνάμεως, καὶ ἀγάπης, καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 1 God did not give us a spirit of fear, but of power, and of love, and of discipline This could mean: (1) Here, **spirit** may refer to the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “God’s Holy Spirit does not cause us to be afraid. He causes us to have power and love and discipline” (2) Here, **spirit** may refer to the character of a human being. Alternate translation: “God does not cause us to be afraid but to have power and love and discipline” Here, **spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “God’s Holy Spirit does not cause us to be afraid. He causes us to have power and love and discipline” (2) the character of a human being. Alternate translation: “God does not cause us to be afraid but to have power and love and discipline”
39 2TI 1 7 p011 figs-abstractnouns δυνάμεως, καὶ ἀγάπης, καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 1 of power, and of love, and of discipline Paul uses abstract nouns to refer to three things that Timothy should be able to do. Your language may have a particular way of expressing these concepts, such as with verbs. If so, you can use them in your translation. Alternate translation: “one that makes us able to obey, to love, and to control ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
40 2TI 1 7 k6g7 σωφρονισμοῦ 1 of discipline The word **discipline** could mean: (1) Here, **discipline** may refer to self-control. Alternate translation: “of the ability to control ourselves” (2) Here, **discipline** may refer to the power to correct or even to control others. Alternate translation: “of the ability to correct others” Here, **discipline** could refer to: (1) self-control. Alternate translation: “of the ability to control ourselves” (2) the power to correct or even to control others. Alternate translation: “of the ability to correct others”
41 2TI 1 8 fk9z figs-metonymy τὸ μαρτύριον 1 the testimony Paul may be using the word **testimony** to refer to the activity of telling others about the Lord and not to the message itself. Alternative translation: “of testifying” or “of telling others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
42 2TI 1 8 blk9 τὸν δέσμιον αὐτοῦ 1 his prisoner Paul is not being held **prisoner** by the Lord. He is a prisoner because he has testified about the Lord. Alternative translation: “a prisoner for his sake” or “a prisoner for the Lord”
43 2TI 1 8 ry82 συνκακοπάθησον τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 suffer together for the gospel The term **together** could mean: (1) It may mean for Timothy to suffer together with Paul. (2) It may mean for Timothy to suffer together with all Christians who suffer. The term **together** could mean: (1) Timothy should suffer together with Paul. (2) Timothy should suffer together with all Christians who suffer.
44 2TI 1 8 xa86 συνκακοπάθησον τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 suffer together for the gospel Here, **for the gospel** means “for the sake of telling other people the good news about Jesus.” Alternative translation: “along with me, accept the suffering that results from telling other people the good news about Jesus”
45 2TI 1 8 hi9a τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ, κατὰ δύναμιν Θεοῦ 1 for the gospel, according to the power of God Paul is reminding Timothy that God provides people with **power** when they suffer so that they can endure the suffering. Alternate translation: “for the gospel, allowing God to make you strong”
46 2TI 1 9 ld55 figs-metonymy καλέσαντος κλήσει ἁγίᾳ 1 called us with a holy calling Here, **with a holy calling** could mean: (1) This refers to what results from the calling. The call produces holy people or people set apart for God. Alternate translation: “called us with a calling that sets us apart as holy to God” (2) This refers to the source of the calling, which is God, who is holy. Alternate translation: “called us by means of his own holy calling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **with a holy calling** could refer to: (1) what results from the calling. The call produces holy people or people set apart for God. Alternate translation: “called us with a calling that sets us apart as holy to God” (2) the source of the calling, which is God, who is holy. Alternate translation: “called us by means of his own holy calling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
47 2TI 1 9 lmas οὐ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα ἡμῶν 1 not according to our works It may be helpful to start a new sentence here. If you do start a new sentence, for clarity you may wish to repeat some words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “He did not save us and call us because of our works”
48 2TI 1 9 kyr5 figs-hendiadys ἀλλὰ κατὰ ἰδίαν πρόθεσιν καὶ χάριν 1 but according to his own purpose and grace Here the words **purpose and grace** work together to mean “gracious purpose.” Paul is saying that God’s purpose or plan for us includes showing us grace or kindness through Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “but because of his gracious purpose” or “but because he planned to show us kindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
49 2TI 1 9 p012 figs-activepassive καὶ χάριν, τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 and grace, which was given to us in Christ Jesus If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “and grace, which God gave to us in Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
60 2TI 1 12 y8l4 figs-explicit καὶ ταῦτα πάσχω 1 I also suffer also these things Paul does not mention the specific **things** that he is **suffering**, but from the context of the letter, the implication is that he is referring to suffering as a prisoner. Alternate translation: “I also suffer as a prisoner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
61 2TI 1 12 td39 πέπεισμαι 1 I am certain Paul expresses that he is certain that God will make everything right in the end. Alternate translation: “I am sure”
62 2TI 1 12 p6pi figs-metaphor τὴν παραθήκην μου φυλάξαι 1 to guard my deposit Paul is using a metaphor of a person leaving something with another person who is supposed to protect it until he gives it back to the first person. The two people involved are Jesus and Paul, but it is not clear which one is holding the **deposit**. This could mean: (1) Paul is trusting Jesus to keep something safe that Paul has entrusted to Jesus. This could be Paul’s own life, or, more specifically, that Paul would remain faithful to Jesus all of his life. Alternate translation: “to keep me faithful to him” (2) Paul is trusting Jesus to preserve the good news that Jesus has deposited with Paul for Paul to preach. Alternate translation: “to help me keep preaching his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
63 2TI 1 12 hhu5 figs-possession τὴν παραθήκην μου 1 my deposit The term **my** here conveys the idea that this **deposit** is associated with Paul in some way. The particular association depends on what we consider the deposit to be. This could mean: (1) The deposit is associated with Paul because it is Paul’s own life or Paul’s faith in Jesus. Alternate translation: “my faithfulness to him” (2) The deposit is associated with Paul because it is the gospel message that Paul preaches. Alternate translation: “the gospel message that he has entrusted to me to preach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) The term **my** here conveys the idea that this **deposit** is associated with Paul in some way. The particular association depends on what we consider the deposit to be. This could mean: (1) the deposit is associated with Paul because it is Paul’s own life or Paul’s faith in Jesus. Alternate translation: “my faithfulness to him” (2) the deposit is associated with Paul because it is the gospel message that Paul preaches. Alternate translation: “the gospel message that he has entrusted to me to preach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
64 2TI 1 12 qcu3 figs-explicit ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 that day This refers to the **day** when Jesus returns for judgment. Alternate translation: “the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
65 2TI 1 13 h1qd figs-metonymy ὑγιαινόντων λόγων 1 of the healthy words Paul wants Timothy to teach the things that he taught and thereby to follow his example. The expression **the healthy words** figuratively means “the correct message” by association, since a healthy mind would recognize that the correct message was reasonable. Alternate translation: “the correct message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
66 2TI 1 13 p016 figs-metonymy λόγων 1 of … words Paul uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the expression in words of what Christians believe. Alternate translation: “of … message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
67 2TI 1 13 p017 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in the faith and love that are in Christ Jesus Paul uses two abstract nouns, **faith** and **love**, to refer to actions that Timothy should do. Your language may have a particular way of expressing these concepts, such as with verbs. If so, you can use them in your translation. Alternate translation: “trusting in Christ Jesus and loving others because you belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
68 2TI 1 13 b2ld ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in the faith and love that are in Christ Jesus Here, **love** could mean: (1) This refers to the love that Timothy should show others. Alternate translation: “trusting in Christ Jesus and loving others because you belong to him” (2) This refers to the love that Timothy should show to God. Alternate translation: “trusting in Christ Jesus and loving him” Here, **love** could refer to: (1) the love that Timothy should show others. Alternate translation: “trusting in Christ Jesus and loving others because you belong to him” (2) the love that Timothy should show to God. Alternate translation: “trusting in Christ Jesus and loving him”
69 2TI 1 13 ix6w figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in Christ Jesus Paul speaks figuratively of **faith and love** as if they were objects inside of **Christ Jesus**. This refers to the faith and love that Jesus enables us to have when we belong to him. See how you translated this in 1:9. Alternate translation: “ours through our relationship to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
70 2TI 1 14 i5g5 figs-explicit τὴν καλὴν παραθήκην 1 the good deposit Here, **the good deposit** refers to the gospel message that God has entrusted to Timothy to share with his people. Alternate translation: “the good message entrusted to you for God’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
71 2TI 1 14 cb5q figs-explicit τὴν καλὴν παραθήκην φύλαξον 1 Guard the good deposit Timothy needs to be alert to protect the gospel message because people will oppose him and try to distort what he says and teaches, turning it into a different message. Alternate translation: “Protect the good deposit against those who will try to distort it” or “Because people will try to distort the gospel message, guard it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
72 2TI 1 14 a3v2 διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 through the Holy Spirit Here, **through** means “by means of” or “by the power of.” Alternate translation: “by means of the Holy Spirit” or “with the help of the Holy Spirit”
73 2TI 1 15 p018 figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ 1 all who are in Asia The word **all** could mean: (1) Paul may have used the word **all** to mean “many, but not all” in the strict sense, since Timothy and Onesiphorus did not turn away from him. So this would be an example of hyperbole. (2) Paul may have used the word **all** to refer to the men who came to Rome with him from Asia Minor. Alternate translation: “all who came with me from Asia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) The word **all** could mean: (1) “many, but not all” in the strict sense, since Timothy and Onesiphorus did not turn away from him. So this would be an example of hyperbole. (2) the men who came to Rome with him from Asia Minor. Alternate translation: “all who came with me from Asia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
74 2TI 1 15 p019 translate-names Ἀσίᾳ 1 Asia This is the name of a Roman province, Asia Minor, which had its capital at Ephesus, which is where Timothy was living at the time of this letter. It is now a region in modern-day Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
75 2TI 1 15 p6f4 figs-metaphor ἀπεστράφησάν με 1 turned away from me This is a metaphor that means they left Paul and stopped helping him. Alternate translation: “have deserted me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
76 2TI 1 15 p020 figs-explicit ἀπεστράφησάν με 1 turned away from me Paul assumes that Timothy would know that the reason that the believers from Asia had abandoned him was because the authorities had put him in prison. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “have deserted me because I am in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
96 2TI 2 2 ig9v figs-explicit διὰ πολλῶν μαρτύρων 1 along with many witnesses Paul is referring to teaching in a public setting with others present. The implication is that those others could testify as to what he taught. Alternate translation: “in the presence of people who can testify to what I said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
97 2TI 2 2 kv1m figs-metaphor ταῦτα παράθου πιστοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 entrust these things to faithful men Paul speaks of his instructions to Timothy as if they were objects that Timothy could give to other people and trust them to use correctly. Alternate translation: “commit them” or “teach them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
98 2TI 2 2 p027 figs-gendernotations πιστοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 to faithful men Here the term **men** has a generic sense that may include women. Alternate translation: “to faithful people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
99 2TI 2 3 yc1j figs-explicit συνκακοπάθησον 1 Suffer together The term **together** could mean: (1) It may mean for Timothy to suffer together with Paul. Alternate translation: “Suffer together with me” (2) It may mean for Timothy to suffer together with all Christians who suffer. Alternate translation: “Suffer together with all believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **together** could mean: (1) Timothy should suffer together with Paul. Alternate translation: “Suffer together with me” (2) Timothy should suffer together with all Christians who suffer. Alternate translation: “Suffer together with all believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
100 2TI 2 3 juu2 figs-metaphor ὡς καλὸς στρατιώτης Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 as a good soldier of Jesus Christ Paul compares suffering for Christ Jesus to the suffering that a good soldier endures. Alternate translation: “as if you were a soldier and Jesus Christ were your commander” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
101 2TI 2 4 a4x7 figs-metaphor οὐδεὶς στρατευόμενος ἐμπλέκεται ταῖς τοῦ βίου πραγματίαις 1 No one serving as a soldier gets entangled in the affairs of life To help Timothy understand something important about following Jesus, Paul introduces the metaphor of a soldier who has to decide between pleasing his leader or pleasing those outside the army. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this. Alternate translation: “Consider that no dedicated soldier allows the affairs of life to distract him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
102 2TI 2 4 p7n5 figs-metaphor ἐμπλέκεται ταῖς τοῦ βίου πραγματίαις 1 gets entangled in the affairs of life Paul speaks of being involved in other matters as if they were a net that trapped people and kept them from being able to move freely. Alternate translation: “allows the affairs of life to distract him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
135 2TI 2 11 p044 πιστὸς ὁ λόγος 1 This word is trustworthy You could represent the meaning of the adjective **trustworthy** with an active verb, if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “You can trust this statement”
136 2TI 2 11 p045 figs-quotemarks πιστὸς ὁ λόγος 1 This word is trustworthy Paul uses this phrase to introduce a direct quotation. The words that follow in the rest of this verse and in [2:12](../02/12.md) and [2:13](../02/13.md) are a poem or hymn that expresses the message that Paul says is trustworthy. It may be helpful to your readers if you indicate this by marking these words as a direct quotation or by setting them farther to the right, as the General Notes at the beginning of this chapter suggest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
137 2TI 2 11 g6e4 writing-poetry εἰ γὰρ συναπεθάνομεν, καὶ συνζήσομεν 1 For if we died with him, we will also live with him This is the beginning of a poem or hymn that Paul is probably quoting. If your language has a way of indicating that this is poetry, such as by setting individual phrases on separate lines, you could use it here and in [2:12](../02/12.md) and [2:13](../02/13.md). If not, you could translate this material as regular prose rather than as poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]])
138 2TI 2 11 in38 figs-metaphor εἰ…συναπεθάνομεν 1 if we died with him Paul is speaking figuratively since he and Timothy and other believers who should trust this statement have not actually died. This could mean: (1) Paul may be referring to the way that believers accept Jesus’ death for their sins when they trust him for salvation. This means that they have figuratively “died” to their old life of sin. Alternate translation: “if we have ended our old way of life by accepting Jesus’ death for us” (2) Paul may be referring to the way that people who believe in Jesus may suffer for him, possibly to the point of dying for him. Alternate translation: “if we are prepared to die for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul is speaking figuratively since he and Timothy and other believers who should trust this statement have not actually died. This could refer to: (1) the way that believers accept Jesus’ death for their sins when they trust him for salvation. This means that they have figuratively “died” to their old life of sin. Alternate translation: “if we have ended our old way of life by accepting Jesus’ death for us” (2) the way that people who believe in Jesus may suffer for him, possibly to the point of dying for him. Alternate translation: “if we are prepared to die for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
139 2TI 2 11 p046 καὶ συνζήσομεν 1 we will also live with him Although Paul is referring to dying with Christ in a figurative sense, **live** is probably not figurative, but could mean: (1) This refers to life after physical death. This seems most likely given Paul’s mention of “eternal glory” in the previous verse and “we will reign with him” in the next. Alternate translation: “then God will raise us from the dead to live with Jesus” (2) This refers to how believers will act in this life before physical death. Alternate translation: “we will not pursue our own desires, instead we will do what Jesus wants us to do” Although Paul is referring to dying with Christ in a figurative sense, **live** is probably not figurative, but could refer to: (1) life after physical death. This seems most likely given Paul’s mention of “eternal glory” in the previous verse and “we will reign with him” in the next. Alternate translation: “then God will raise us from the dead to live with Jesus” (2) how believers will act in this life before physical death. Alternate translation: “we will not pursue our own desires, instead we will do what Jesus wants us to do”
140 2TI 2 12 p048 εἰ ἀρνησόμεθα 1 if we deny him Paul uses the term **deny** to refer to the action of believers saying that they do not know Jesus Christ during this present life. It is presented as the opposite of **endure**, so it refers to someone who gives in to persecution and denies being a follower of Jesus. Alternate translation: “if we say now that we do not know him”
141 2TI 2 12 p049 κἀκεῖνος ἀρνήσεται ἡμᾶς 1 he also will deny us In this second usage of the word **deny**, Paul is referring to the action of Jesus Christ on the day of final judgment. On that day, Jesus will either receive a faithful believer or reject those who are not true followers. Those who deny that they are followers of Jesus while on earth are not true followers. Alternate translation: “he will reject us on the day of judgment”
142 2TI 2 13 ke4w εἰ ἀπιστοῦμεν 1 if we are unfaithful Paul uses the word **unfaithful** to express the condition of believers who do not continue to obey Jesus, but rather disobey him. Alternate translation: “if we disobey Jesus” or “if we do not do what Jesus wants us to do”
143 2TI 2 13 p050 figs-explicit ἐκεῖνος πιστὸς μένει 1 he remains faithful This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: (1) “he remains faithful to us” (2) “he remains true to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) This could mean : (1) he remains faithful to them. (2) he remains true to himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
144 2TI 2 13 ihd4 ἀρνήσασθαι…ἑαυτὸν οὐ δύναται 1 he is not able to deny himself Paul states that Jesus is not able to **deny himself**, meaning that Jesus is not able to go against his character and will remain true to what he said he would do. Paul may have one or both of the following ideas in mind. (1) Jesus’ character includes being the Savior who can forgive our unfaithfulness when we repent of it, as Peter experienced (John 21:15-19). This favors the interpretation of the previous phrase as “he remains faithful to us.” (2) Jesus’ character also includes being the holy God who judges people for their sin when they do not repent. This favors the interpretation of the previous phrase as “he remains true to himself.” Alternate translation: “he must always act according to his character”
145 2TI 2 14 u661 ὑπομίμνῃσκε 1 Remind them The word **them**, which is implicit in the Greek verb, probably refers to the people that Timothy has responsibility over. Alternate translation: “Remind the people there”
146 2TI 2 14 p051 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before God Paul uses the expression **before God**, which means “in front of God,” to mean “where God can see.” Seeing, in turn, figuratively means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “as God is watching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
147 2TI 2 14 r5lq figs-explicit ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before God The implication is that Paul is telling Timothy to tell the believers, when he gives them this command, that God will be watching what they do. Alternate translation: “with God as their witness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
148 2TI 2 14 g6p7 figs-metaphor μὴ λογομαχεῖν 1 not to battle about words Paul uses the term **battle** figuratively to describe arguments. This could mean: (1) The believers are not to argue about unimportant things such as the words that someone uses to present the gospel message. That only distracts people from talking about important things, such as the gospel message itself. Alternate translation: “not to fight about small things like words” (2) The believers are not to argue about what words mean. Again, this causes disunity among the believers for no good reason. Alternate translation: “not to fight about the meanings of words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul uses the term **battle** figuratively to describe arguments. This could mean: (1) the believers are not to argue about unimportant things such as the words that someone uses to present the gospel message. That only distracts people from talking about important things, such as the gospel message itself. Alternate translation: “not to fight about small things like words” (2) the believers are not to argue about what words mean. Again, this causes disunity among the believers for no good reason. Alternate translation: “not to fight about the meanings of words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
149 2TI 2 14 rke6 ἐπ’ οὐδὲν χρήσιμον 1 it is useful for nothing Paul adds that battling about words has no benefit for those involved. Alternate translation: “it does not benefit anyone”
150 2TI 2 14 ywty figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων 1 to the destruction of those who hear If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “it destroys those who hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
151 2TI 2 14 x7gx figs-metonymy ἐπὶ καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων 1 to the destruction of those who hear Here, **destruction** refers not to physical harm, but to the spiritual harm that is done to believers who hear their teachers foolishly arguing about unimportant things. This teaches the believers that being seen as right about small things is more important than love and unity, and can cause them to have wrong ideas about the faith or to stop following Jesus altogether. Alternate translation: “and can make those who hear it want to stop following Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
152 2TI 2 15 m3vy σπούδασον σεαυτὸν, δόκιμον παραστῆσαι τῷ Θεῷ 1 Strive to present yourself approved to God Alternate translation: “Do your best to please God”
153 2TI 2 15 rj6y figs-metaphor ἐργάτην 1 a worker Paul says figuratively that Timothy will be a skilled workman if he correctly teaches God’s word. Alternate translation: “like a craftsman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
154 2TI 2 15 xgz9 figs-metaphor ὀρθοτομοῦντα τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας 1 cutting the word of truth straight Paul refers figuratively to **the word of truth** as if it were a path that someone was cutting through difficult terrain. When such a path is **straight**, travelers can follow it directly to their destination. By contrast, the useless discussions that Paul describes in [2:14](../02/14.md) and [2:16](../02/16.md) would be needless detours in terms of this same metaphor. Alternate translation: “show people how to follow the Scriptures directly” or “teach the Scriptures correctly so that people can follow them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
155 2TI 2 15 p052 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the word of truth Paul uses the term **word** figuratively to refer to something that is expressed in words. This could mean: (1) It may refer to the message that Timothy is to teach. Alternate translation: “the true message” (2) It may refer to the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “the true things that God has said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Paul uses the term **word** figuratively to refer to something that is expressed in words. This could refer to: (1) the message that Timothy is to teach. Alternate translation: “the true message” (2) the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “the true things that God has said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
156 2TI 2 15 p053 figs-abstractnouns τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the word of truth If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with an adjective. Alternate translation: “the true message” or “the true things that God has said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
157 2TI 2 16 e27q figs-metaphor ἐπὶ πλεῖον…προκόψουσιν ἀσεβείας 1 they will advance into greater ungodliness Paul speaks of these discussions figuratively as if they could physically progress in a certain direction, and he speaks of godlessness as that direction. Paul is figuratively describing the effect that these discussions have on people. Alternate translation: “they cause people to become more and more ungodly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
158 2TI 2 17 i73t figs-simile ὁ λόγος αὐτῶν ὡς γάγγραινα νομὴν ἕξει 1 their word will have a spreading like gangrene This is a simile. It means that something will spread from person to person and harm the faith of all those who hear it. The thing that will spread is either: (1) This refers to the habit of having useless and godless discussions. (2) This refers to the things that the people were saying in these empty discussions, or both. Alternate translation: “these empty discussions will spread quickly and cause destruction like an infectious disease” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) This is a simile. It means that something will spread from person to person and harm the faith of all those who hear it. The thing that will spread could refer to: (1) the habit of having useless and godless discussions. (2) the things that the people were saying in these empty discussions, or both. Alternate translation: “these empty discussions will spread quickly and cause destruction like an infectious disease” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
159 2TI 2 17 p054 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος αὐτῶν 1 their word Paul uses the term **word** figuratively to refer to something that is expressed in words. Alternate translation: “these discussions” or “what people who take part in these discussions say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
160 2TI 2 17 p055 translate-unknown ὡς γάγγραινα 1 like gangrene **Gangrene** is type of tissue death caused by infection or lack of blood circulation. It quickly spreads in a person’s body and can lead to death. If your readers would not know what **gangrene** is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “like an infectious disease” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
161 2TI 2 17 p056 writing-pronouns ὧν ἐστιν Ὑμέναιος, καὶ Φίλητος 1 among whom are Hymenaeus and Philetus Paul gives Timothy the names of two men who are examples of ungodliness and foolish talk. To make the relationship between these names and the preceding **their word** clear in your language, you may have to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “Hymeneus and Philetus are such people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
173 2TI 2 20 p061 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ καὶ ξύλινα καὶ ὀστράκινα 1 but also wood and clay Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “and there are also containers made of wood and clay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
174 2TI 2 20 j75l σκεύη 1 containers The word **container** is a general term for items used to hold other things, such as grain, food, drink, or refuse. If your language does not have a general word, you can use a specific word such as “bowl” or “pot.”
175 2TI 2 20 mt5e figs-abstractnouns ἃ μὲν εἰς τιμὴν, ἃ δὲ εἰς ἀτιμίαν 1 both some for honor and some for dishonor If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **honor** and **dishonor** with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “he uses the former at events to honor people and he uses the latter to do things that no one wants to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
176 2TI 2 21 jm3p figs-metaphor ἐκκαθάρῃ ἑαυτὸν ἀπὸ τούτων 1 has cleansed himself from these Here Paul continues the metaphor that compares people in the church to containers in a great house that have different uses. Paul speaks figuratively of a person washing himself clean as though he had been a pot full of something bad. By this he means that the person has given up certain associations or activities. This could mean: (1) The word **these** may refer to the false teachers who are destroying the faith of some people. Alternate translation: “has disassociated himself from these false teachers” (2) The word **these** may refer to the activities of quarreling and false teaching that Paul has warned Timothy about. Alternate translation: “has stopped doing these ungodly actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here Paul continues the metaphor that compares people in the church to containers in a great house that have different uses. Paul speaks figuratively of a person washing himself clean as though he had been a pot full of something bad. By this he means that the person has given up certain associations or activities. Here, **these** could refer to: (1) the false teachers who are destroying the faith of some people. Alternate translation: “has disassociated himself from these false teachers” (2) the activities of quarreling and false teaching that Paul has warned Timothy about. Alternate translation: “has stopped doing these ungodly actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
177 2TI 2 21 g79f figs-metaphor ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν 1 he will be a container for honor Paul speaks figuratively of a person who has given up these associations or activities as if he were a particular kind of container. Alternate translation: “he will be like a dish for special occasions” or “he will be like a dish that is used to honor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
178 2TI 2 21 p062 figs-explicit ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν 1 he will be a container for honor The implication is that God will be able to give important assignments to a person who is free from wrong associations or activities. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will be someone to whom God can give important assignments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
179 2TI 2 21 mh63 ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν, ἡγιασμένον εὔχρηστον τῷ Δεσπότῃ, εἰς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἡτοιμασμένον 1 he will be a container for honor, having been sanctified, useful to the Master, having been prepared for every good work These four phrases could mean: (1) The ones beginning with **having been** give the reason for the phrase before them. Alternate translation: “he will be a container for honor because he has been sanctified, and he will be useful to the Master because he has been prepared for every good work” (2) All four phrases could simply be describing the person. Alternate translation: “he will be a container for honor, someone who is sanctified, useful to the Master, and ready for every good work” These four phrases could mean: (1) the ones beginning with **having been** give the reason for the phrase before them. Alternate translation: “he will be a container for honor because he has been sanctified, and he will be useful to the Master because he has been prepared for every good work” (2) all four phrases could simply be describing the person. Alternate translation: “he will be a container for honor, someone who is sanctified, useful to the Master, and ready for every good work”
180 2TI 2 21 p063 figs-activepassive ἡγιασμένον 1 having been sanctified If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom God has set apart for himself” or “whom God has set apart for a special purpose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
181 2TI 2 21 nl5d figs-metaphor ἡγιασμένον 1 having been sanctified If this phrase is continuing the metaphor of objects in a house, then Paul is referring to a person who is free from wrong associations or activities as if he were a precious object whose owner keeps it in a special place. Whether this phrase is continuing the metaphor or not, it still expresses the idea of being “dedicated” for a special purpose. Alternate translation: “whom God has set apart for a special purpose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
182 2TI 2 21 p064 figs-metaphor εὔχρηστον τῷ Δεσπότῃ 1 useful to the Master In the context of the metaphor of the house, Paul speaks of God figuratively as the head of the household. Alternate translation: “useful to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
221 2TI 3 5 xm1c figs-metaphor τούτους ἀποτρέπου 1 turn away from these The expression **turn away** is a metaphor for avoiding someone. Alternate translation: “avoid these people” or “avoid such people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
222 2TI 3 6 gu4b figs-metaphor αἰχμαλωτίζοντες 1 captivating Here Paul uses the term **captivating** figuratively to mean greatly influencing someone by the use of deception. Alternate translation: “manipulating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
223 2TI 3 6 u9m5 γυναικάρια 1 foolish women The term **foolish women** refers to women who are spiritually weak and immature. They allow these men into their homes and listen to them because they are weak, idle, and have many sins. Alternate translation: “women who are spiritually weak”
224 2TI 3 6 e9ex figs-metaphor σεσωρευμένα ἁμαρτίαις 1 who are loaded with sins Paul speaks figuratively of these **sins** as if they were heaped up on the backs of these women. Paul is explaining why these men can easily influence these women. This could mean: (1) These women sin often or even continually. Alternate translation: “who sin often” (2) These women feel terrible guilt because they sin. Alternate translation: “who feel terrible guilt for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks figuratively of these **sins** as if they were heaped up on the backs of these women. Paul is explaining why these men can easily influence these women. This could mean: (1) these women sin often or even continually. Alternate translation: “who sin often” (2) these women feel terrible guilt because they sin. Alternate translation: “who feel terrible guilt for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
225 2TI 3 6 p079 figs-activepassive σεσωρευμένα ἁμαρτίαις 1 who are loaded with sins If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “who sin often” or “who feel terrible guilt for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
226 2TI 3 6 p080 figs-activepassive ἀγόμενα ἐπιθυμίαις ποικίλαις 1 led away by various desires If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “various desires lead them away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
227 2TI 3 6 izz9 figs-personification ἀγόμενα ἐπιθυμίαις ποικίλαις 1 led away by various desires Paul speaks figuratively about these **various desires** as if they could physically lead a person away. He means that the women decide to do evil things in order to satisfy their desires. Alternate translation: “they decide to sin in various ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
273 2TI 3 17 uu7i ἄρτιος 1 proficient Alternative translation: “fully capable”
274 2TI 3 17 p099 figs-activepassive ἐξηρτισμένος 1 equipped If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “and have everything he needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
275 2TI 4 intro k2xa 0 # 2 Timothy 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Paul gives a solemn charge to Timothy (4:1-8)<br>2. Paul tells Timothy how he is doing (4:9-18)<br>3. Paul sends personal greetings (4:19-22)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “I adjure you”<br><br>With these words Paul challenges Timothy in the most serious way possible to do what he is telling him to do. It is a way of commanding Timothy, not by Paul’s own authority, but by the authority that he then refers to, that of God and Jesus Christ. In other words, Paul is saying that God and Jesus Christ are commanding Timothy through Paul.<br><br>### Crown<br><br>Scripture uses the image of a crown to represent different things. In this chapter, Paul describes Christ as awarding a crown to believers as a metaphor for the reward that Christ will give them for having lived rightly on this earth.
276 2TI 4 1 eh3x διαμαρτύρομαι 1 I adjure you The word translated **adjure** is used to place someone under a serious and binding obligation. Think about the words that you use to do this in your language. This could mean: (1) This refers to placing someone under an oath to do something. Alternate translation: “I place you under an oath” or “I hereby obligate you” (2) This refers to solemnly commanding someone with great authority. Alternate translation: “I solemnly urge you” The word translated **adjure** is used to place someone under a serious and binding obligation. Think about the words that you use to do this in your language. This could refer to: (1) placing someone under an oath to do something. Alternate translation: “I place you under an oath” or “I hereby obligate you” (2) solemnly commanding someone with great authority. Alternate translation: “I solemnly urge you”
277 2TI 4 1 cb15 figs-explicit ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 before God and Christ Jesus Here the word **before** means “in front of,” that is, “in the presence of.” The implication is that God and Christ Jesus will witness and approve this command or oath. Alternate translation: “in the presence of God and Christ Jesus” or “with God and Christ Jesus as the witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
278 2TI 4 1 u32g figs-merism ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 the living and the dead Paul refers to **the living** and **the dead** together to mean all people, whether they are alive at the time of judgment or have died. Alternate translation: “those who are still alive and those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
279 2TI 4 1 p100 figs-nominaladj ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 the living and the dead The terms **living** and **dead** are adjectives that Paul is using as nouns to refer to groups of people. If your language does not use adjectives in that way, you can translate these terms with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “those who are still alive and those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
285 2TI 4 2 p101 ἐπιτίμησον 1 rebuke The word **rebuke** involves telling someone that they have done something wrong and warning them not to do it again. Alternate translation: “tell them not to sin”
286 2TI 4 2 p102 figs-hendiadys ἐν πάσῃ μακροθυμίᾳ καὶ διδαχῇ 1 with all patience and teaching Here, **patience and teaching** is a hendiadys, with **patience** modifying **teaching**. Alternate translation: “do these things by teaching very patiently” or “always do these things by teaching patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
287 2TI 4 2 g5r0 figs-explicit ἐν πάσῃ μακροθυμίᾳ καὶ διδαχῇ 1 with all patience and teaching The implication is that this is how Timothy should preach, reprove, rebuke, and exhort. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do these things by teaching very patiently” or “always do these things by teaching patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
288 2TI 4 2 p103 figs-hyperbole ἐν πάσῃ μακροθυμίᾳ καὶ διδαχῇ 1 with all patience and teaching Here, **all** could mean: (1) Timothy should always be patient when he teaches. Alternate translation: “always teaching patiently” (2) The word **all** may be a generalization for emphasis, meaning that Timothy should be very patient. Alternate translation: “by teaching very patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) Here, **all** could mean: (1) Timothy should always be patient when he teaches. Alternate translation: “always teaching patiently” (2) a generalization for emphasis, meaning that Timothy should be very patient. Alternate translation: “by teaching very patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
289 2TI 4 3 jv7a ἔσται…καιρὸς ὅτε 1 there will be a time when Alternate translation: “the time will come when”
290 2TI 4 3 u2cc οὐκ ἀνέξονται 1 they will not endure Alternate translation: “they will no longer listen patiently to”
291 2TI 4 3 ilx7 figs-explicit οὐκ ἀνέξονται 1 they will not endure The context indicates that **they** means people who are a part of the community of believers. Alternate translation: “some believers will no longer listen patiently to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
303 2TI 4 6 sh23 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ…ἤδη σπένδομαι 1 I am already being poured out Paul speaks of himself as if he were wine in a cup that was being poured out as a sacrifice to God. Alternate translation: “the sacrifice of my life to God will soon be complete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
304 2TI 4 6 p108 figs-activepassive ἐγὼ…ἤδη σπένδομαι 1 I am already being poured out If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “My life will soon end as a sacrifice to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
305 2TI 4 6 fb7l figs-euphemism ὁ καιρὸς τῆς ἀναλύσεώς μου ἐφέστηκεν 1 the time of my departure is here Paul refers to his death as a **departure**. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. Alternate translation: “soon I will die and leave this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
306 2TI 4 7 d9ts figs-metaphor τὸν καλὸν ἀγῶνα ἠγώνισμαι 1 I have fought the good fight Paul speaks of himself figuratively as if he has been competing in an athletic contest. This could mean: (1) The word **good** may describe the kind of effort Paul has made. Alternate translation: “I have done my best” (2) The word **good** may mean that Paul has pursued a worthwhile endeavor. Alternate translation: “I have worked hard for what really matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks of himself figuratively as if he has been competing in an athletic contest. Here, **good** could mean: (1) the kind of effort Paul has made. Alternate translation: “I have done my best” (2) Paul has pursued a worthwhile endeavor. Alternate translation: “I have worked hard for what really matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
307 2TI 4 7 kq83 figs-metaphor τὸν δρόμον τετέλεκα 1 I have finished the race Paul speaks of his life of service to God as if he had been running a race on foot. Alternate translation: “I have completed what I needed to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
308 2TI 4 7 vk2p figs-metaphor τὴν πίστιν τετήρηκα 1 I have kept the faith Paul speaks of **the faith**, by which he means his trust in Christ and his obedience to God, as if they were valuable objects that he has kept safe in his possession. This could mean: (1) Paul was faithful to do what God told him to do. Alternate translation: “I have remained faithful in doing my ministry” (2) Paul was faithful to teach the truth. Alternate translation: “I have preserved the teachings from any error” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
309 2TI 4 8 ujg5 figs-activepassive ἀπόκειταί μοι ὁ τῆς δικαιοσύνης στέφανος 1 the crown of righteousness has been reserved for me If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “God has reserved the crown of righteousness for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
310 2TI 4 8 hg8i figs-metaphor τῆς δικαιοσύνης στέφανος 1 the crown of righteousness This could mean one of two things: (1) The **crown** figuratively represents the reward that God gives to people who have lived the right way. Alternate translation: “the reward for the righteous” (2) The **crown** may represent righteousness itself. Just as the judge of a race gives a crown to the winner, when Paul finishes his life, God will declare that Paul is righteous. Alternate translation: “the reward that is righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, the **crown** could: (1) figuratively represent the reward that God gives to people who have lived the right way. Alternate translation: “the reward for the righteous” (2) represent righteousness itself. Just as the judge of a race gives a crown to the winner, when Paul finishes his life, God will declare that Paul is righteous. Alternate translation: “the reward that is righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
311 2TI 4 8 dwn6 translate-unknown στέφανος 1 crown See how you translated this in [2:5](../02/05.md). The **crown** that Paul is using as an illustration of the future award from God was a wreath made of laurel tree leaves that was given to winners of athletic contests. You can use a word in your language that would refer to a prize for winning a contest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
312 2TI 4 8 n3k8 figs-explicit ἐν, ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on that day As in [1:12](../01/12.md), this refers to the **day** when Jesus returns to judge people. Alternate translation: “on the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
313 2TI 4 8 uh88 τοῖς ἠγαπηκόσι τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν αὐτοῦ 1 those who have loved his appearing Alternate translation: “those who are looking forward to his return”
335 2TI 4 16 f2c3 οὐδείς μοι παρεγένετο 1 no one appeared with me Paul explains to Timothy that he had to go to court alone, without any supporters. Alternate translation: “no one testified on my behalf”
336 2TI 4 16 rm2t figs-activepassive μὴ αὐτοῖς λογισθείη 1 May it not be counted against them If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “May God not hold it against them” or “I pray that God does not punish those believers for deserting me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
337 2TI 4 17 t1fw figs-metaphor ὁ…Κύριός μοι παρέστη 1 the Lord stood with me Paul is speaking as if the Lord had physically stood with him. Alternate translation: “the Lord helped me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
338 2TI 4 17 y69m figs-activepassive ἵνα δι’ ἐμοῦ τὸ κήρυγμα πληροφορηθῇ 1 so that through me, the proclamation might be fully carried out If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. This could mean: (1) At his trial, Paul was able to explain the entire message God had given him to proclaim. Alternate translation: “so that I was able to proclaim all of the Lord’s message” (2) Paul was able to continue proclaiming God’s message right through to this time when he expected to lose his life. Alternate translation: “so that I was able to continue proclaiming the Lord’s message right to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. This could mean: (1) at his trial, Paul was able to explain the entire message God had given him to proclaim. Alternate translation: “so that I was able to proclaim all of the Lord’s message” (2) Paul was able to continue proclaiming God’s message right through to this time when he expected to lose his life. Alternate translation: “so that I was able to continue proclaiming the Lord’s message right to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
339 2TI 4 17 p113 figs-hyperbole καὶ ἀκούσωσιν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 and all the Gentiles might hear Here, **all** could mean: (1) This is a figurative generalization. Alternate translation: “so that as many Gentiles as possible could hear it” (2) This is a reference to all the Gentiles in the court. Alternate translation: “so that all the Gentiles who were there might hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) Here, **all** could be: (1) a figurative generalization. Alternate translation: “so that as many Gentiles as possible could hear it” (2) a reference to all the Gentiles in the court. Alternate translation: “so that all the Gentiles who were there might hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
340 2TI 4 17 gsr8 figs-metaphor ἐρύσθην ἐκ στόματος λέοντος 1 I was rescued out of the mouth of the lion Paul speaks figuratively as if he had been in danger of being killed by a lion at his court appearance. He could mean the physical danger of being sentenced to execution, or the spiritual danger of being tempted not to speak boldly for Jesus, or both. It would probably be best to leave both possibilities open in your translation. Alternate translation: “I was rescued from great danger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
341 2TI 4 17 p114 figs-activepassive ἐρύσθην ἐκ στόματος λέοντος 1 I was rescued out of the mouth of the lion If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “God rescued me from great danger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
342 2TI 4 18 p115 figs-idiom εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων 1 to the ages of the ages This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “forever and ever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

4
en_tn_57-TIT.tsv
View File

@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ TIT 1 6 wja4 0 Connecting Statement: Having told Titus to ordain elders in eve
TIT 1 6 jen8 εἴ τίς ἐστιν ἀνέγκλητος 1 if anyone is blameless This is the beginning of the description of the character of an elder. Titus is to choose men who fit the following description. To be **blameless** is to be known as a person who does not do bad things. Alternate translation: “an elder must be without blame” or “an elder must not have a bad reputation”
TIT 1 6 ab70 figs-doublenegatives ἀνέγκλητος 1 blameless To be **blameless** is to be known as a person who does not do bad things. Alternate translation: “without blame” You can state this positively: “a person who has a good reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
TIT 1 6 q6uy figs-explicit μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἀνήρ 1 the husband of one wife This means that he has only one wife; that is, he does not have any other wives or concubines. This also means that he does not commit adultery and may also mean that he has not divorced a previous wife. Alternate translation: “a man who has only one woman” or “a man who is faithful to his wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
TIT 1 6 wd6q τέκνα…πιστά 1 faithful children This could mean: (1) This refers to children who believe in Jesus. (2) This refers to children who are trustworthy.
TIT 1 6 wd6q τέκνα…πιστά 1 faithful children This could refer to: (1) children who believe in Jesus. (2) children who are trustworthy.
TIT 1 7 lz7x τὸν ἐπίσκοπον 1 the overseer The word **overseer** is another name for the same position of spiritual leadership that Paul referred to as **elder** in 1:5. This term focuses on the function of the elder: he oversees the activities and people of the church.
TIT 1 7 g2zf figs-metaphor Θεοῦ οἰκονόμον 1 the household manager of God Paul speaks of the church as if it were God’s household, and the overseer as if he were a servant in charge of managing that household. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
TIT 1 7 d6l1 μὴ πάροινον 1 not addicted to wine “not an alcoholic” or “not one who drinks much wine”
@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ TIT 3 14 xy32 figs-doublenegatives ἵνα μὴ ὦσιν ἄκαρποι 1 in
TIT 3 15 j3y2 0 General Information: Paul ends his letter to Titus.
TIT 3 15 abci ἀσπάζονταί σε 1 greet you Here, **you** is singular. This is a personal greeting to Titus.
TIT 3 15 k1sa οἱ μετ’ ἐμοῦ πάντες 1 All those who are with me “All the people who are with me” or “All of the believers who are here with me”
TIT 3 15 f4vc τοὺς φιλοῦντας ἡμᾶς ἐν πίστει 1 those who love us in faith Possible meanings are: (1) “the believers who love us” (2) “the believers who love us because we share the same belief.”
TIT 3 15 f4vc τοὺς φιλοῦντας ἡμᾶς ἐν πίστει 1 those who love us in faith This could refer to: (1) the believers who love us. (2) the believers who love us because we share the same belief.
TIT 3 15 xy35 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us Here, **us** is probably exclusive and refers to Paul and the group of Christians with him. Paul is sending greetings from this group to the group of Christians that is with Titus on Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
TIT 3 15 kx83 ἡ χάρις μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν 1 Grace be with all of you This was a common Christian greeting. Alternate translation: “May God’s grace be with you” or “I ask that God will be gracious to all of you”
TIT 3 15 xy34 ὑμῶν 1 of you Here, **you** is plural. This blessing is for Titus and all of the believers there in Crete.
1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
27 TIT 1 6 jen8 εἴ τίς ἐστιν ἀνέγκλητος 1 if anyone is blameless This is the beginning of the description of the character of an elder. Titus is to choose men who fit the following description. To be **blameless** is to be known as a person who does not do bad things. Alternate translation: “an elder must be without blame” or “an elder must not have a bad reputation”
28 TIT 1 6 ab70 figs-doublenegatives ἀνέγκλητος 1 blameless To be **blameless** is to be known as a person who does not do bad things. Alternate translation: “without blame” You can state this positively: “a person who has a good reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
29 TIT 1 6 q6uy figs-explicit μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἀνήρ 1 the husband of one wife This means that he has only one wife; that is, he does not have any other wives or concubines. This also means that he does not commit adultery and may also mean that he has not divorced a previous wife. Alternate translation: “a man who has only one woman” or “a man who is faithful to his wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
30 TIT 1 6 wd6q τέκνα…πιστά 1 faithful children This could mean: (1) This refers to children who believe in Jesus. (2) This refers to children who are trustworthy. This could refer to: (1) children who believe in Jesus. (2) children who are trustworthy.
31 TIT 1 7 lz7x τὸν ἐπίσκοπον 1 the overseer The word **overseer** is another name for the same position of spiritual leadership that Paul referred to as **elder** in 1:5. This term focuses on the function of the elder: he oversees the activities and people of the church.
32 TIT 1 7 g2zf figs-metaphor Θεοῦ οἰκονόμον 1 the household manager of God Paul speaks of the church as if it were God’s household, and the overseer as if he were a servant in charge of managing that household. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
33 TIT 1 7 d6l1 μὴ πάροινον 1 not addicted to wine “not an alcoholic” or “not one who drinks much wine”
193 TIT 3 15 j3y2 0 General Information: Paul ends his letter to Titus.
194 TIT 3 15 abci ἀσπάζονταί σε 1 greet you Here, **you** is singular. This is a personal greeting to Titus.
195 TIT 3 15 k1sa οἱ μετ’ ἐμοῦ πάντες 1 All those who are with me “All the people who are with me” or “All of the believers who are here with me”
196 TIT 3 15 f4vc τοὺς φιλοῦντας ἡμᾶς ἐν πίστει 1 those who love us in faith Possible meanings are: (1) “the believers who love us” (2) “the believers who love us because we share the same belief.” This could refer to: (1) the believers who love us. (2) the believers who love us because we share the same belief.
197 TIT 3 15 xy35 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us Here, **us** is probably exclusive and refers to Paul and the group of Christians with him. Paul is sending greetings from this group to the group of Christians that is with Titus on Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
198 TIT 3 15 kx83 ἡ χάρις μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν 1 Grace be with all of you This was a common Christian greeting. Alternate translation: “May God’s grace be with you” or “I ask that God will be gracious to all of you”
199 TIT 3 15 xy34 ὑμῶν 1 of you Here, **you** is plural. This blessing is for Titus and all of the believers there in Crete.

36
en_tn_60-JAS.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

14
en_tn_64-2JN.tsv
View File

@ -3,10 +3,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2JN 1 1 uspy figs-123person ὁ πρεσβύτερος 1 The elder In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, referring to themselves in the third person. If that is confusing in your language, you can use the first person here. Or if your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “I, the elder, am writing this letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2JN 1 1 z4tk figs-explicit ὁ πρεσβύτερος 1 The elder **The elder** likely means John, the apostle and disciple of Jesus. He refers to himself as **elder** either because of his old age, or because he is a leader in the church, or both. If you have a term for an older, respected leader, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “I, John, am writing this letter” or Alternate translation: “I, John the elder, am writing this letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2JN 1 1 y7hw figs-123person ἐκλεκτῇ κυρίᾳ καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτῆς 1 to the chosen lady and her children In this culture, letter writers would name the addressees next, referring to them in the third person. If that is confusing in your language, you can use the second person here. Or if your language has a particular way of introducing the person who receives a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “to you, chosen lady, and to your children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2JN 1 1 a9w3 figs-metaphor ἐκλεκτῇ κυρίᾳ 1 to the chosen lady Here, **chosen lady** could mean: (1) John is writing to a church and figuratively describing the group of believers as a **lady**. (In Greek, the word for “church” is feminine.) (2) John may be writing to a specific woman and referring to her respectfully as **lady**. Alternate translation: “to the chosen church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2JN 1 1 a9w3 figs-metaphor ἐκλεκτῇ κυρίᾳ 1 to the chosen lady Here, **chosen lady** could mean: (1) John is writing to a church and figuratively describing the group of believers as a **lady**. (In Greek, the word for “church” is feminine.) (2) John is writing to a specific woman and referring to her respectfully as **lady**. Alternate translation: “to the chosen church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2JN 1 1 ueev figs-idiom ἐκλεκτῇ κυρίᾳ 1 to the chosen lady In this context, the term **chosen** indicates a person or group of people whom God has chosen to receive salvation. Alternate translation: “to the congregation that God has saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2JN 1 1 axty figs-metaphor καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτῆς 1 and her children Here, **her children** could mean: (1) Just as “chosen lady” figuratively refers to a church, here **her children** refers figuratively to the people who are part of that church. Alternate translation: “and to the believers in that group” (2) If this letter is addressed to an actual woman, it may refer to her biological children, or (3) It may refer figuratively to people whom the woman has led to faith as her spiritual children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2JN 1 1 src4 figs-abstractnouns ἀγαπῶ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 love in the truth If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with an equivalent expression. This could mean: (1) The phrase **the truth** describes how John loves. Alternate translation: “truly love” (2) The phrase **the truth** provides the reason for John’s love. Alternate translation: “love because we both know the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2JN 1 1 axty figs-metaphor καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτῆς 1 and her children Here, **her children** could mean: (1) just as “chosen lady” figuratively refers to a church, **her children** refers figuratively to the people who are part of that church. Alternate translation: “and to the believers in that group” (2) if this letter is addressed to an actual woman, it may refer to her biological children. (3) it refers figuratively to people whom the woman has led to faith as her spiritual children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2JN 1 1 src4 figs-abstractnouns ἀγαπῶ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 love in the truth If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with an equivalent expression. The phrase **the truth** could: (1) refer to how John loves. Alternate translation: “truly love” (2) provide the reason for John’s love. Alternate translation: “love because we both know the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2JN 1 1 a50f figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ ἐγνωκότες τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 all who have known the truth John uses the phrase **all who have known the truth** to refer to believers who know and accept the true message about Jesus Christ. John is most likely using the term **all** as a generalization to mean all the believers who are with him and who know the people of this church. Alternate translation: “all who are with me and who know and accept the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2JN 1 2 spdg figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 the truth John uses the abstract noun **truth** to refer to the true message that Christians believe. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind this term with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the true message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2JN 1 2 et6b figs-exclusive ἡμῖν…ἡμῶν 1 us … us If your language marks this distinction, the pronoun **us** would be inclusive here and throughout the epistle, because John always uses it to refer to both himself and to the recipients of the letter. The pronoun “we” would also be inclusive for that same reason, as would the pronoun “our,” if you choose to use it in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@ -14,10 +14,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2JN 1 3 gad9 figs-abstractnouns ἔσται μεθ’ ἡμῶν χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη, παρὰ Θεοῦ Πατρός καὶ παρὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Grace, mercy, and peace will be with us from God the Father and from Jesus Christ If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **grace**, **mercy**, and **peace** with verbal phrases, with **God the Father** and **Jesus Christ** as the subject. Alternate translation: “God the Father and Jesus Christ will be kind to us, be merciful to us, and enable us to be peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2JN 1 3 zfgr ἔσται μεθ’ ἡμῶν χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη 1 Grace, mercy, and peace will be with us In this culture, letter writers would normally offer a good wish or blessing for the recipients before introducing the main business of the letter. But instead of a blessing here, John makes a declarative statement. This probably expresses his confidence that God will do as he promised. Be sure that your translation also expresses this confidence.
2JN 1 3 vpl9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός…Υἱοῦ 1 the Father … Son **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus Christ. Be sure to translate them accurately and consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2JN 1 3 w6tr figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀληθείᾳ καὶ ἀγάπῃ 1 in truth and love If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **truth** and **love** with adjectives or verbs. Here, these abstract nouns could mean: (1) This refers to qualities of God the Father and Jesus Christ. Alternative translation: “who are truthful and loving” (2) This refers to how believers should live, and thus are the conditions under which believers will receive the “grace, mercy, and peace” from God. Alternative translation: “as we continue to hold on to what is true and to love each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2JN 1 3 w6tr figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀληθείᾳ καὶ ἀγάπῃ 1 in truth and love If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **truth** and **love** with adjectives or verbs. Here, these abstract nouns could refer to: (1) the qualities of God the Father and Jesus Christ. Alternative translation: “who are truthful and loving” (2) how believers should live, and thus are the conditions under which believers will receive the “grace, mercy, and peace” from God. Alternative translation: “as we continue to hold on to what is true and to love each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2JN 1 4 ir6v figs-you σου 1 your The word **your** is singular here, since John is addressing the church figuratively as a “lady.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2JN 1 4 ajlf grammar-connect-logic-result ἐχάρην λείαν 1 If it is more natural in your language to state the reason first and then the result, you can put this after “I found some of your children walking in the truth,” as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2JN 1 4 a3vs figs-metaphor τῶν τέκνων σου 1 your children See how you translated the term **children** in [1:1](../01/1.md). This could mean: (1) This refers to the people who are part of a certain congregation. (2) If this letter is addressed to an actual woman, it may mean either her biological children or (3) her spiritual children. Alternate translation: “the believers from your group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2JN 1 4 a3vs figs-metaphor τῶν τέκνων σου 1 your children See how you translated the term **children** in [1:1](../01/1.md). This could refer to: (1) the people who are part of a certain congregation. (2) if this letter is addressed to an actual woman, it may mean either her biological children or (3) her spiritual children. Alternate translation: “the believers from your group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2JN 1 4 w2b6 figs-metaphor περιπατοῦντας ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 walking in the truth John refers figuratively to living one’s life with the expression **walking**. Alternate translation: “living according to the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2JN 1 4 ddnx figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this, you could use a phrase with an adjective. Alternate translation: “in a way that agrees with the true message from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2JN 1 4 s7hr καθὼς ἐντολὴν ἐλάβομεν παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός 1 just as we have received a commandment from the Father The expression **received a commandment** expresses the idea that God commanded the believers to do something. If it would be clearer in your language, you could make **the Father** the subject of a sentence with the verb “command.” Alternate translation: “just as the Father has commanded us”
@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2JN 1 7 u749 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 For Here, **For** introduces the reason why John wrote about the commandment to love and obey God in the previous verses—it is because there are many who pretend to be believers but they do not love or obey God. Use a natural way to introduce this reason in your language. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2JN 1 7 w25m figs-explicit ὅτι πολλοὶ πλάνοι ἐξῆλθαν εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 For many deceivers have gone out into the world This seems to be an implicit reference to the false teachers whom John discusses in [verses 10-11](../01/10.md). Alternate translation: “For many deceivers are going around from place to place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2JN 1 7 x8yl figs-metonymy Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν ἐρχόμενον ἐν σαρκί 1 Jesus Christ coming in flesh The expression **coming in flesh** is a metonym for being a real, physical person and not a spiritual being only. Alternate translation: “that Jesus Christ came as a real human” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2JN 1 7 vqnb figs-explicit οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πλάνος καὶ ὁ ἀντίχριστος 1 This is the deceiver and the antichrist Here, **this** could mean: (1) This refers to the activity of deceiving others or to the kind of teaching that these people are doing. Alternate translation: “This is the work of the deceiver, the antichrist” or “This kind of teaching comes from the one who is the deceiver and the antichrist” (2) This refers to any member of the group of deceivers. Alternate translation: “Any such person is the deceiver and the antichrist” If it would be helpful, you can make one of these meanings explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2JN 1 7 vqnb figs-explicit οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πλάνος καὶ ὁ ἀντίχριστος 1 This is the deceiver and the antichrist Here, **this** could refer to: (1) the activity of deceiving others or to the kind of teaching that these people are doing. Alternate translation: “This is the work of the deceiver, the antichrist” or “This kind of teaching comes from the one who is the deceiver and the antichrist” (2) any member of the group of deceivers. Alternate translation: “Any such person is the deceiver and the antichrist” If it would be helpful, you can make one of these meanings explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2JN 1 7 vfdn ὁ πλάνος καὶ ὁ ἀντίχριστος 1 the deceiver and the antichrist In your translation, it may be helpful to clarify that **the deceiver** and **the antichrist** are one person, not two.
2JN 1 8 it9t figs-explicit βλέπετε ἑαυτούς 1 Watch yourselves The implication is that the believers are to **watch** themselves, that is, be careful, so that they are not deceived by the deceivers and antichrists. Alternate translation: “be careful not to let the deceivers and antichrists influence you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2JN 1 8 i8n6 figs-explicit ἃ 1 what The word **what** is more fully defined in the next phrase as a “reward.” If it would be clearer in your language, you can say “reward” here, as well. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2JN 1 12 hwtk figs-abstractnouns ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ 1 so that your joy might be made complete If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **joy** with an adjective such as “joyful.” Alternate translation: “so that this will make you completely joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2JN 1 12 lt77 translate-textvariants ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ 1 your joy might be made complete See the note in Part 3 of the General Introduction to 2 John about the textual issue here. Alternate translation: “our joy might be made complete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
2JN 1 12 k9yt figs-exclusive ὑμῶν 1 your If you use “our” here instead of **your**, it would include both John and the letter recipients. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2JN 1 13 fh6j figs-metaphor τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἀδελφῆς σου τῆς ἐκλεκτῆς 1 The children of your chosen sister This could mean: (1) This is a metaphor. Just as John uses the term “chosen lady” as a figurative expression for the group of believers to whom he is writing in [verse 1](../01/01.md) and the term “her children” for the members of that group, also here John is figuratively describing his own group of believers as the **chosen sister** of that group and the members of his group as the **children** of this sister. Alternate translation: “The members of the chosen group of believers here” If you choose to keep the metaphor in the text, you may want to include an explanation of the meaning in a footnote. (2) This may refer to the biological children of a specific woman who is the biological sister of another specific woman to whom John is writing. (3) John may be using the words **sister** and **children** figuratively in a spiritual sense, but to refer to an individual woman and the other people that she has led to faith in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2JN 1 13 fh6j figs-metaphor τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἀδελφῆς σου τῆς ἐκλεκτῆς 1 The children of your chosen sister This could: (1) be a metaphor. Just as John uses the term “chosen lady” as a figurative expression for the group of believers to whom he is writing in [verse 1](../01/01.md) and the term “her children” for the members of that group, also here John is figuratively describing his own group of believers as the **chosen sister** of that group and the members of his group as the **children** of this sister. Alternate translation: “The members of the chosen group of believers here” If you choose to keep the metaphor in the text, you may want to include an explanation of the meaning in a footnote. (2) refer to the biological children of a specific woman who is the biological sister of another specific woman to whom John is writing. (3) John may be using the words **sister** and **children** figuratively in a spiritual sense, but to refer to an individual woman and the other people that she has led to faith in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2JN 1 13 aonw figs-idiom τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἀδελφῆς σου τῆς ἐκλεκτῆς 1 The children of your chosen sister In this context, the term **chosen** indicates someone whom God has chosen to receive salvation. In the context of John’s metaphor, this indicates a church or group of people whom God has chosen to receive salvation. Alternate translation: “The members of this group of believers in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2JN 1 13 a4rc ἀσπάζεταί σε 1 greet you As was customary in this culture, John concludes the letter by extending greetings from people who are with him and who know the people to whom he is writing. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you can use that form here. Alternate translation: “send you their greetings” or “ask to be remembered to you”
2JN 1 13 qjdz figs-you σε…σου 1 your … you The pronouns **you** and **your** are singular here, in keeping with John’s metaphor of writing to a congregation as though it were a lady. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
3 2JN 1 1 uspy figs-123person ὁ πρεσβύτερος 1 The elder In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, referring to themselves in the third person. If that is confusing in your language, you can use the first person here. Or if your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “I, the elder, am writing this letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
4 2JN 1 1 z4tk figs-explicit ὁ πρεσβύτερος 1 The elder **The elder** likely means John, the apostle and disciple of Jesus. He refers to himself as **elder** either because of his old age, or because he is a leader in the church, or both. If you have a term for an older, respected leader, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “I, John, am writing this letter” or Alternate translation: “I, John the elder, am writing this letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5 2JN 1 1 y7hw figs-123person ἐκλεκτῇ κυρίᾳ καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτῆς 1 to the chosen lady and her children In this culture, letter writers would name the addressees next, referring to them in the third person. If that is confusing in your language, you can use the second person here. Or if your language has a particular way of introducing the person who receives a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “to you, chosen lady, and to your children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
6 2JN 1 1 a9w3 figs-metaphor ἐκλεκτῇ κυρίᾳ 1 to the chosen lady Here, **chosen lady** could mean: (1) John is writing to a church and figuratively describing the group of believers as a **lady**. (In Greek, the word for “church” is feminine.) (2) John may be writing to a specific woman and referring to her respectfully as **lady**. Alternate translation: “to the chosen church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **chosen lady** could mean: (1) John is writing to a church and figuratively describing the group of believers as a **lady**. (In Greek, the word for “church” is feminine.) (2) John is writing to a specific woman and referring to her respectfully as **lady**. Alternate translation: “to the chosen church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7 2JN 1 1 ueev figs-idiom ἐκλεκτῇ κυρίᾳ 1 to the chosen lady In this context, the term **chosen** indicates a person or group of people whom God has chosen to receive salvation. Alternate translation: “to the congregation that God has saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
8 2JN 1 1 axty figs-metaphor καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτῆς 1 and her children Here, **her children** could mean: (1) Just as “chosen lady” figuratively refers to a church, here **her children** refers figuratively to the people who are part of that church. Alternate translation: “and to the believers in that group” (2) If this letter is addressed to an actual woman, it may refer to her biological children, or (3) It may refer figuratively to people whom the woman has led to faith as her spiritual children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **her children** could mean: (1) just as “chosen lady” figuratively refers to a church, **her children** refers figuratively to the people who are part of that church. Alternate translation: “and to the believers in that group” (2) if this letter is addressed to an actual woman, it may refer to her biological children. (3) it refers figuratively to people whom the woman has led to faith as her spiritual children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9 2JN 1 1 src4 figs-abstractnouns ἀγαπῶ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 love in the truth If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with an equivalent expression. This could mean: (1) The phrase **the truth** describes how John loves. Alternate translation: “truly love” (2) The phrase **the truth** provides the reason for John’s love. Alternate translation: “love because we both know the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with an equivalent expression. The phrase **the truth** could: (1) refer to how John loves. Alternate translation: “truly love” (2) provide the reason for John’s love. Alternate translation: “love because we both know the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
10 2JN 1 1 a50f figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ ἐγνωκότες τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 all who have known the truth John uses the phrase **all who have known the truth** to refer to believers who know and accept the true message about Jesus Christ. John is most likely using the term **all** as a generalization to mean all the believers who are with him and who know the people of this church. Alternate translation: “all who are with me and who know and accept the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
11 2JN 1 2 spdg figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 the truth John uses the abstract noun **truth** to refer to the true message that Christians believe. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind this term with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the true message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
12 2JN 1 2 et6b figs-exclusive ἡμῖν…ἡμῶν 1 us … us If your language marks this distinction, the pronoun **us** would be inclusive here and throughout the epistle, because John always uses it to refer to both himself and to the recipients of the letter. The pronoun “we” would also be inclusive for that same reason, as would the pronoun “our,” if you choose to use it in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
14 2JN 1 3 gad9 figs-abstractnouns ἔσται μεθ’ ἡμῶν χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη, παρὰ Θεοῦ Πατρός καὶ παρὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Grace, mercy, and peace will be with us from God the Father and from Jesus Christ If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **grace**, **mercy**, and **peace** with verbal phrases, with **God the Father** and **Jesus Christ** as the subject. Alternate translation: “God the Father and Jesus Christ will be kind to us, be merciful to us, and enable us to be peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
15 2JN 1 3 zfgr ἔσται μεθ’ ἡμῶν χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη 1 Grace, mercy, and peace will be with us In this culture, letter writers would normally offer a good wish or blessing for the recipients before introducing the main business of the letter. But instead of a blessing here, John makes a declarative statement. This probably expresses his confidence that God will do as he promised. Be sure that your translation also expresses this confidence.
16 2JN 1 3 vpl9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός…Υἱοῦ 1 the Father … Son **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus Christ. Be sure to translate them accurately and consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
17 2JN 1 3 w6tr figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀληθείᾳ καὶ ἀγάπῃ 1 in truth and love If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **truth** and **love** with adjectives or verbs. Here, these abstract nouns could mean: (1) This refers to qualities of God the Father and Jesus Christ. Alternative translation: “who are truthful and loving” (2) This refers to how believers should live, and thus are the conditions under which believers will receive the “grace, mercy, and peace” from God. Alternative translation: “as we continue to hold on to what is true and to love each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **truth** and **love** with adjectives or verbs. Here, these abstract nouns could refer to: (1) the qualities of God the Father and Jesus Christ. Alternative translation: “who are truthful and loving” (2) how believers should live, and thus are the conditions under which believers will receive the “grace, mercy, and peace” from God. Alternative translation: “as we continue to hold on to what is true and to love each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
18 2JN 1 4 ir6v figs-you σου 1 your The word **your** is singular here, since John is addressing the church figuratively as a “lady.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
19 2JN 1 4 ajlf grammar-connect-logic-result ἐχάρην λείαν 1 If it is more natural in your language to state the reason first and then the result, you can put this after “I found some of your children walking in the truth,” as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
20 2JN 1 4 a3vs figs-metaphor τῶν τέκνων σου 1 your children See how you translated the term **children** in [1:1](../01/1.md). This could mean: (1) This refers to the people who are part of a certain congregation. (2) If this letter is addressed to an actual woman, it may mean either her biological children or (3) her spiritual children. Alternate translation: “the believers from your group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) See how you translated the term **children** in [1:1](../01/1.md). This could refer to: (1) the people who are part of a certain congregation. (2) if this letter is addressed to an actual woman, it may mean either her biological children or (3) her spiritual children. Alternate translation: “the believers from your group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
21 2JN 1 4 w2b6 figs-metaphor περιπατοῦντας ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 walking in the truth John refers figuratively to living one’s life with the expression **walking**. Alternate translation: “living according to the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
22 2JN 1 4 ddnx figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this, you could use a phrase with an adjective. Alternate translation: “in a way that agrees with the true message from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
23 2JN 1 4 s7hr καθὼς ἐντολὴν ἐλάβομεν παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός 1 just as we have received a commandment from the Father The expression **received a commandment** expresses the idea that God commanded the believers to do something. If it would be clearer in your language, you could make **the Father** the subject of a sentence with the verb “command.” Alternate translation: “just as the Father has commanded us”
33 2JN 1 7 u749 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 For Here, **For** introduces the reason why John wrote about the commandment to love and obey God in the previous verses—it is because there are many who pretend to be believers but they do not love or obey God. Use a natural way to introduce this reason in your language. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
34 2JN 1 7 w25m figs-explicit ὅτι πολλοὶ πλάνοι ἐξῆλθαν εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 For many deceivers have gone out into the world This seems to be an implicit reference to the false teachers whom John discusses in [verses 10-11](../01/10.md). Alternate translation: “For many deceivers are going around from place to place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
35 2JN 1 7 x8yl figs-metonymy Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν ἐρχόμενον ἐν σαρκί 1 Jesus Christ coming in flesh The expression **coming in flesh** is a metonym for being a real, physical person and not a spiritual being only. Alternate translation: “that Jesus Christ came as a real human” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
36 2JN 1 7 vqnb figs-explicit οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πλάνος καὶ ὁ ἀντίχριστος 1 This is the deceiver and the antichrist Here, **this** could mean: (1) This refers to the activity of deceiving others or to the kind of teaching that these people are doing. Alternate translation: “This is the work of the deceiver, the antichrist” or “This kind of teaching comes from the one who is the deceiver and the antichrist” (2) This refers to any member of the group of deceivers. Alternate translation: “Any such person is the deceiver and the antichrist” If it would be helpful, you can make one of these meanings explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **this** could refer to: (1) the activity of deceiving others or to the kind of teaching that these people are doing. Alternate translation: “This is the work of the deceiver, the antichrist” or “This kind of teaching comes from the one who is the deceiver and the antichrist” (2) any member of the group of deceivers. Alternate translation: “Any such person is the deceiver and the antichrist” If it would be helpful, you can make one of these meanings explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
37 2JN 1 7 vfdn ὁ πλάνος καὶ ὁ ἀντίχριστος 1 the deceiver and the antichrist In your translation, it may be helpful to clarify that **the deceiver** and **the antichrist** are one person, not two.
38 2JN 1 8 it9t figs-explicit βλέπετε ἑαυτούς 1 Watch yourselves The implication is that the believers are to **watch** themselves, that is, be careful, so that they are not deceived by the deceivers and antichrists. Alternate translation: “be careful not to let the deceivers and antichrists influence you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
39 2JN 1 8 i8n6 figs-explicit ἃ 1 what The word **what** is more fully defined in the next phrase as a “reward.” If it would be clearer in your language, you can say “reward” here, as well. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
58 2JN 1 12 hwtk figs-abstractnouns ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ 1 so that your joy might be made complete If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **joy** with an adjective such as “joyful.” Alternate translation: “so that this will make you completely joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
59 2JN 1 12 lt77 translate-textvariants ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ 1 your joy might be made complete See the note in Part 3 of the General Introduction to 2 John about the textual issue here. Alternate translation: “our joy might be made complete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
60 2JN 1 12 k9yt figs-exclusive ὑμῶν 1 your If you use “our” here instead of **your**, it would include both John and the letter recipients. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
61 2JN 1 13 fh6j figs-metaphor τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἀδελφῆς σου τῆς ἐκλεκτῆς 1 The children of your chosen sister This could mean: (1) This is a metaphor. Just as John uses the term “chosen lady” as a figurative expression for the group of believers to whom he is writing in [verse 1](../01/01.md) and the term “her children” for the members of that group, also here John is figuratively describing his own group of believers as the **chosen sister** of that group and the members of his group as the **children** of this sister. Alternate translation: “The members of the chosen group of believers here” If you choose to keep the metaphor in the text, you may want to include an explanation of the meaning in a footnote. (2) This may refer to the biological children of a specific woman who is the biological sister of another specific woman to whom John is writing. (3) John may be using the words **sister** and **children** figuratively in a spiritual sense, but to refer to an individual woman and the other people that she has led to faith in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) This could: (1) be a metaphor. Just as John uses the term “chosen lady” as a figurative expression for the group of believers to whom he is writing in [verse 1](../01/01.md) and the term “her children” for the members of that group, also here John is figuratively describing his own group of believers as the **chosen sister** of that group and the members of his group as the **children** of this sister. Alternate translation: “The members of the chosen group of believers here” If you choose to keep the metaphor in the text, you may want to include an explanation of the meaning in a footnote. (2) refer to the biological children of a specific woman who is the biological sister of another specific woman to whom John is writing. (3) John may be using the words **sister** and **children** figuratively in a spiritual sense, but to refer to an individual woman and the other people that she has led to faith in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
62 2JN 1 13 aonw figs-idiom τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἀδελφῆς σου τῆς ἐκλεκτῆς 1 The children of your chosen sister In this context, the term **chosen** indicates someone whom God has chosen to receive salvation. In the context of John’s metaphor, this indicates a church or group of people whom God has chosen to receive salvation. Alternate translation: “The members of this group of believers in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
63 2JN 1 13 a4rc ἀσπάζεταί σε 1 greet you As was customary in this culture, John concludes the letter by extending greetings from people who are with him and who know the people to whom he is writing. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you can use that form here. Alternate translation: “send you their greetings” or “ask to be remembered to you”
64 2JN 1 13 qjdz figs-you σε…σου 1 your … you The pronouns **you** and **your** are singular here, in keeping with John’s metaphor of writing to a congregation as though it were a lady. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

6
en_tn_65-3JN.tsv
View File

@ -15,11 +15,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
3JN 1 5 g4gz ὃ, ἐὰν ἐργάσῃ εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς καὶ τοῦτο ξένους 1 whenever you work for the brothers, and this for strangers “when you help fellow believers, especially those whom you do not know”
3JN 1 6 wzf6 οἳ ἐμαρτύρησάν σου τῇ ἀγάπῃ ἐνώπιον ἐκκλησίας 1 who have borne witness of your love in the presence of the church These words describe the “strangers” (verse 5). “strangers who have told the believers in the church about how you have loved them”
3JN 1 6 pb64 οὓς καλῶς ποιήσεις, προπέμψας 1 You do well to send them on their journey John is commending Gaius for his normal practice of helping believers who are traveling. Translate this in a way that shows that this is something that Gaius does continually.
3JN 1 7 d8y1 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ γὰρ τοῦ ὀνόματος ἐξῆλθον 1 because they went out for the sake of the name Here, **the name** refers to Jesus. This could mean: (1) They left where they were in order to tell others about Jesus. (2) They left where they were because others forced them to leave because of their belief in Jesus. (3) This refers to both of these things. Alternate translation: “since they have gone out to tell people about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3JN 1 7 yzc8 μηδὲν λαμβάνοντες 1 receiving nothing This could mean: (1) Unbelievers have not helped them by giving them anything. (2) They did not accept any help or gifts from unbelievers.
3JN 1 7 d8y1 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ γὰρ τοῦ ὀνόματος ἐξῆλθον 1 because they went out for the sake of the name Here, **the name** refers to Jesus. This could mean: (1) they left where they were in order to tell others about Jesus. (2) they left where they were because others forced them to leave because of their belief in Jesus. (3) both of these things. Alternate translation: “since they have gone out to tell people about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3JN 1 7 yzc8 μηδὲν λαμβάνοντες 1 receiving nothing This could mean: (1) unbelievers have not helped them by giving them anything. (2) they did not accept any help or gifts from unbelievers.
3JN 1 7 hk3p τῶν ἐθνικῶν 1 the Gentiles Here, **Gentiles** does not just mean people who are not Jewish. It refers to any people who do not trust in Jesus.
3JN 1 8 d2l7 ἵνα συνεργοὶ γινώμεθα τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 so that we become fellow workers for the truth “so that we will cooperate with them in announcing God’s truth to people”
3JN 1 8 ab01 figs-personification τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 for the truth Here, **the truth** is spoken of here as though it were a person that John, Gaius, and others worked for. This could mean: (1) This refers to “the true message from God” as in the UST. (2) This refers to “God, who is Truth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
3JN 1 8 ab01 figs-personification τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 for the truth Here, **the truth** is spoken of here as though it were a person that John, Gaius, and others worked for. This could refer to: (1) “the true message from God” as in the UST. (2) “God, who is Truth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
3JN 1 9 tm9q τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 to the church Here, **the church** refers to Gaius and the group of believers who met together to worship God.
3JN 1 9 cz9d translate-names Διοτρέφης 1 Diotrephes He was a member of the congregation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3JN 1 9 s82w ὁ φιλοπρωτεύων αὐτῶν 1 who loves to be first among them “who loves to be the most important one among them” or “who loves to act as though he is their leader”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
15 3JN 1 5 g4gz ὃ, ἐὰν ἐργάσῃ εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς καὶ τοῦτο ξένους 1 whenever you work for the brothers, and this for strangers “when you help fellow believers, especially those whom you do not know”
16 3JN 1 6 wzf6 οἳ ἐμαρτύρησάν σου τῇ ἀγάπῃ ἐνώπιον ἐκκλησίας 1 who have borne witness of your love in the presence of the church These words describe the “strangers” (verse 5). “strangers who have told the believers in the church about how you have loved them”
17 3JN 1 6 pb64 οὓς καλῶς ποιήσεις, προπέμψας 1 You do well to send them on their journey John is commending Gaius for his normal practice of helping believers who are traveling. Translate this in a way that shows that this is something that Gaius does continually.
18 3JN 1 7 d8y1 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ γὰρ τοῦ ὀνόματος ἐξῆλθον 1 because they went out for the sake of the name Here, **the name** refers to Jesus. This could mean: (1) They left where they were in order to tell others about Jesus. (2) They left where they were because others forced them to leave because of their belief in Jesus. (3) This refers to both of these things. Alternate translation: “since they have gone out to tell people about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **the name** refers to Jesus. This could mean: (1) they left where they were in order to tell others about Jesus. (2) they left where they were because others forced them to leave because of their belief in Jesus. (3) both of these things. Alternate translation: “since they have gone out to tell people about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19 3JN 1 7 yzc8 μηδὲν λαμβάνοντες 1 receiving nothing This could mean: (1) Unbelievers have not helped them by giving them anything. (2) They did not accept any help or gifts from unbelievers. This could mean: (1) unbelievers have not helped them by giving them anything. (2) they did not accept any help or gifts from unbelievers.
20 3JN 1 7 hk3p τῶν ἐθνικῶν 1 the Gentiles Here, **Gentiles** does not just mean people who are not Jewish. It refers to any people who do not trust in Jesus.
21 3JN 1 8 d2l7 ἵνα συνεργοὶ γινώμεθα τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 so that we become fellow workers for the truth “so that we will cooperate with them in announcing God’s truth to people”
22 3JN 1 8 ab01 figs-personification τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 for the truth Here, **the truth** is spoken of here as though it were a person that John, Gaius, and others worked for. This could mean: (1) This refers to “the true message from God” as in the UST. (2) This refers to “God, who is Truth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) Here, **the truth** is spoken of here as though it were a person that John, Gaius, and others worked for. This could refer to: (1) “the true message from God” as in the UST. (2) “God, who is Truth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
23 3JN 1 9 tm9q τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 to the church Here, **the church** refers to Gaius and the group of believers who met together to worship God.
24 3JN 1 9 cz9d translate-names Διοτρέφης 1 Diotrephes He was a member of the congregation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
25 3JN 1 9 s82w ὁ φιλοπρωτεύων αὐτῶν 1 who loves to be first among them “who loves to be the most important one among them” or “who loves to act as though he is their leader”

4
en_tn_66-JUD.tsv
View File

@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ JUD 1 3 j67u ἅπαξ 1 once for all “finally and completely”
JUD 1 4 v94i παρεισέδυσαν γάρ τινες ἄνθρωποι 1 For certain men have entered secretly “For some men have come in without drawing attention to themselves”
JUD 1 4 wwz3 figs-activepassive οἱ πάλαι προγεγραμμένοι εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα 1 who long ago have been designated beforehand for this condemnation This can also be put into the active voice. Alternate translation: “men whom God long ago decided to condemn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 4 c642 figs-metaphor τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν χάριτα μετατιθέντες εἰς ἀσέλγειαν 1 changing the grace of our God into sensuality God’s **grace** is spoken of as if it were a thing that could be changed into something horrible. Alternate translation: “teaching that God’s grace permits one to continue to live in sexual sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 4 ws1b τὸν μόνον Δεσπότην καὶ Κύριον ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν, ἀρνούμενοι 1 denying our only Master and Lord, Jesus Christ This could mean: (1) YTey teach that Jesus is not God. (2) These men do not obey Jesus Christ.
JUD 1 4 ws1b τὸν μόνον Δεσπότην καὶ Κύριον ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν, ἀρνούμενοι 1 denying our only Master and Lord, Jesus Christ This could mean: (1) they teach that Jesus is not God. (2) these men do not obey Jesus Christ.
JUD 1 5 fa5e 0 Connecting Statement: Jude gives examples from the past of those who did not follow the Lord.
JUD 1 5 f4mm figs-explicit Ἰησοῦς λαὸν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου σώσας 1 Jesus, having saved a people out of the land of Egypt You can state explicitly who the people were that he saved. Alternate translation: “the Lord, who rescued the Israelites long ago from Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 6 pt1k τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀρχὴν 1 their own domain “their own position of authority” or “the responsibilities God entrusted to them”
@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ JUD 1 9 uzj1 οὐκ ἐτόλμησεν…ἐπενεγκεῖν 1 did not dar
JUD 1 9 v9fh κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 to bring a slanderous judgment against him “to say evil, untrue things about him”
JUD 1 9 kib4 κρίσιν…βλασφημίας 1 a slanderous judgment “an evil-speaking judgment” or “an evil judgment”
JUD 1 10 h6sq οὗτοι 1 these people the ungodly people
JUD 1 10 fjm5 ὅσα μὲν οὐκ οἴδασιν 1 what they do not understand This could mean: (1) This refers to everything good that they do not understand. (2) This refers to the glorious ones, which they do not understand ([Jude 1:8](../01/08.md)).
JUD 1 10 fjm5 ὅσα μὲν οὐκ οἴδασιν 1 what they do not understand This could refer to: (1) everything good that they do not understand. (2) the glorious ones, which they do not understand ([Jude 1:8](../01/08.md)).
JUD 1 11 j3g9 figs-metaphor τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Κάϊν ἐπορεύθησαν 1 they have gone in the way of Cain Here, **gone in the way** is a metaphor for “lived in the same way as.” Alternate translation: “they have lived the same way Cain lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 12 s4az 0 Connecting Statement: Jude uses a series of metaphors to describe the ungodly men. He tells the believers how to recognize these men when they are among them.
JUD 1 12 r875 οὗτοί εἰσιν 1 These are The word **These** refers to the “ungodly men” of [Jude 1:4](../01/04.md).

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
14 JUD 1 4 v94i παρεισέδυσαν γάρ τινες ἄνθρωποι 1 For certain men have entered secretly “For some men have come in without drawing attention to themselves”
15 JUD 1 4 wwz3 figs-activepassive οἱ πάλαι προγεγραμμένοι εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα 1 who long ago have been designated beforehand for this condemnation This can also be put into the active voice. Alternate translation: “men whom God long ago decided to condemn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
16 JUD 1 4 c642 figs-metaphor τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν χάριτα μετατιθέντες εἰς ἀσέλγειαν 1 changing the grace of our God into sensuality God’s **grace** is spoken of as if it were a thing that could be changed into something horrible. Alternate translation: “teaching that God’s grace permits one to continue to live in sexual sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
17 JUD 1 4 ws1b τὸν μόνον Δεσπότην καὶ Κύριον ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν, ἀρνούμενοι 1 denying our only Master and Lord, Jesus Christ This could mean: (1) YTey teach that Jesus is not God. (2) These men do not obey Jesus Christ. This could mean: (1) they teach that Jesus is not God. (2) these men do not obey Jesus Christ.
18 JUD 1 5 fa5e 0 Connecting Statement: Jude gives examples from the past of those who did not follow the Lord.
19 JUD 1 5 f4mm figs-explicit Ἰησοῦς λαὸν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου σώσας 1 Jesus, having saved a people out of the land of Egypt You can state explicitly who the people were that he saved. Alternate translation: “the Lord, who rescued the Israelites long ago from Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
20 JUD 1 6 pt1k τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀρχὴν 1 their own domain “their own position of authority” or “the responsibilities God entrusted to them”
33 JUD 1 9 v9fh κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 to bring a slanderous judgment against him “to say evil, untrue things about him”
34 JUD 1 9 kib4 κρίσιν…βλασφημίας 1 a slanderous judgment “an evil-speaking judgment” or “an evil judgment”
35 JUD 1 10 h6sq οὗτοι 1 these people the ungodly people
36 JUD 1 10 fjm5 ὅσα μὲν οὐκ οἴδασιν 1 what they do not understand This could mean: (1) This refers to everything good that they do not understand. (2) This refers to the glorious ones, which they do not understand ([Jude 1:8](../01/08.md)). This could refer to: (1) everything good that they do not understand. (2) the glorious ones, which they do not understand ([Jude 1:8](../01/08.md)).
37 JUD 1 11 j3g9 figs-metaphor τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Κάϊν ἐπορεύθησαν 1 they have gone in the way of Cain Here, **gone in the way** is a metaphor for “lived in the same way as.” Alternate translation: “they have lived the same way Cain lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
38 JUD 1 12 s4az 0 Connecting Statement: Jude uses a series of metaphors to describe the ungodly men. He tells the believers how to recognize these men when they are among them.
39 JUD 1 12 r875 οὗτοί εἰσιν 1 These are The word **These** refers to the “ungodly men” of [Jude 1:4](../01/04.md).